LIFEUSA FUNDS INC
N-1A EL, 1996-10-16
Previous: LIFEUSA FUNDS INC, N-8A, 1996-10-16
Next: ALYN CORP, 424A, 1996-10-16



        As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 1996

                                               1933 Act Registration No. 33-
                                               1940 Act Registration No. 811-

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Washington, DC 20549
                                    Form N-1A

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933      X
                                                                         ___
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No.                     ___
                        Post-Effective Amendment No.                     ___

                                     and/or
                        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
                         INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940                   X
                                                                         ___
                                  Amendment No.                          ___

                               LIFEUSA FUNDS, INC.
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                       3700 First Bank Place, P.O. Box 357
                          Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440
               (Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)

                                 (612) 376-2700
              (Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

     Christopher J. Smith                      Copy to:
     Investment Advisers, Inc.                 Michael J. Radmer, Esq.
     3700 First Bank Place                     Dorsey & Whitney
     P.O. Box 357                              220 South Sixth Street
     Minneapolis, Minnesota  55440             Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402
     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                  Approximate date of proposed public offering:
             As soon as practicable after the effective date of this
                             Registration Statement.

        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
        ----------------------------------------------------------------

 Title of                    Proposed       Proposed
Securities      Amount       Maximum        Maximum         Amount of
  Being         Being     Offering Price   Aggregate       Registration
Registered    Registered    Par Unit     Offering Price         Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock
$.01 par value     *           *               *              $500
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Pursuant to  Regulation  270.24f-2  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,
Registrant  hereby  elects to  register  an  indefinite  number of shares of its
Common Stock.

     The  Registrant  hereby  amends  this  Registration   Statement  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933 on such date or dates as may be  necessary  to delay its
effective  date  until  the  Registrant  shall  file a further  amendment  which
specifically  states that this  Registration  Statement shall thereafter  become
effective in accordance  with the  provisions of Section 8(a) of the  Securities
Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement shall become effective on such
date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.


<PAGE>


                               LIFEUSA FUNDS, INC.

                                    FORM N-1A
                              CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Item Number         Caption                                  Prospectus Caption
- -----------         -------                                  ------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                                      <C>
   1                Cover Page                               Cover Page of Prospectus

   2                Synopsis                                 Fund Expense Information

   3                Condensed Financial Information          Investment Performance

   4                General Description of Registrant        Investment Objectives and Policies,
                                                             Description of Common Stock; Additional Information

   5                Management of the Fund                   Fund Expense Information; Management; Additional Information;
                                                             Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disburing Agent

   5A               Management's Discussion of Fund          Not Applicable
                    Performance

   6                Capital Stock and Other Securities       Dividends, Distributions and Tax Status; Description of 
                                                             Common Stock; Additional Information

   7                Purchase of Securities Being Offered     Computation of Net Asset Value and Pricing; Purchase of 
                                                             Shares; Systematic Investment Plan; Group Systematic Investment
                                                             Plan; Group Purchases; Automatix Investment Plan; Exchange Privilege;
                                                             Retirement Plans; Authorized Telephone Trading

   8                Redemption or Repurchase                 Redemption of Shares; Systematic Cash Withdrawal Plan;
                                                             Exchange Privilege; Authorized Telephone Trading

   9                Pending Legal Proceedings                Not Applicable
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Item Number         Caption                                 Statement of Additional Information Caption
- -----------         -------                                 -------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                                     <C>  
   10               Cover Page                              Cover Page of Statement of Additional Information

   11               Table of Contents                       Table of Contents

   12               General Information and History         Management

   13               Investment Objectives and Policies      Investment Objectives and Policies; Investment Restrictions

   14               Management of the Fund                  Management

   15               Control Persons and Principal Holders   
                    of Securities                           Management; Capital Stock

   16               Investment Advisory and Other Services  Management; Prior Agreements; Custodian; Counsel and Auditors;
                                                            Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent

   17               Brokerage Allocation                    Portfolio Transactions and Allocation of Brokerage

   18               Capital Stock and Other Securities      Capital Stock

   19               Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of
                    Securities Being Offered                Net Asset Value and Public Offering Price

   20               Tax Status                              Tax Status

   21               Underwriters                            Plan of Distribution

   22               Calculation of Performance Data         Investment Performance

   23               Financial Statements                    Financial Statements
</TABLE>




                                                        


                        Prospectus Dated January 1, 1997

                               LIFEUSA FUNDS, INC.

                              3700 First Bank Place
                                 P.O. Box _____
                          Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440
                          Telephone 1-612-___ - _______
                               1-800-___ - _______

LifeUSA Funds, Inc. (the "Fund") is an open-end  management  investment  company
consisting of the following six separate diversified investment portfolios (each
a "Portfolio"  and,  together,  the  "Portfolios"):  LifeUSA  Aggressive  Growth
Portfolio,  LifeUSA Growth Portfolio, LifeUSA Global Portfolio, LifeUSA Balanced
Portfolio,  LifeUSA Current Income Portfolio and LifeUSA Principal  Preservation
Portfolio.  Each Portfolio  offers  investors a convenient means of investing in
shares  of  certain  mutual  funds  (the  "Underlying   Funds")  within  certain
predetermined percentage ranges.

This  Prospectus  sets  forth  concisely  the  information  which a  prospective
investor  should know about the  Portfolios  before  investing  and it should be
retained for future  reference.  A "Statement of Additional  Information"  dated
January 1, 1997,  which  provides a further  discussion of certain areas in this
Prospectus  and other  matters which may be of interest to some  investors,  has
been filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and is  incorporated
herein by reference.  For a free copy,  call or write the Fund at the address or
telephone number shown above.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----
                                        
<S>                                                                     <C>                                         
FUND EXPENSE INFORMATION..................................................3
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES........................................4
PRINCIPAL PORTFOLIO RISK FACTORS..........................................7
DESCRIPTION OF UNDERLYING FUNDS...........................................9
MANAGEMENT................................................................15
DISTRIBUTION OF FUND SHARES...............................................15
COMPUTATION OF NET ASSET VALUE AND PRICING................................16
PURCHASE OF SHARES........................................................16
SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN................................................18
GROUP SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN..........................................18
GROUP PURCHASES...........................................................19
AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN.................................................19
REDEMPTION OF SHARES......................................................19
EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE........................................................22
AUTHORIZED TELEPHONE TRADING..............................................22
SYSTEMATIC CASH WITHDRAWAL PLAN...........................................23
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAX STATUS...................................23
INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE....................................................24
RETIREMENT PLANS..........................................................25
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK...............................................25
COUNSEL AND AUDITORS......................................................26
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT...................26
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION....................................................26
APPENDIX..................................................................A-1
</TABLE>


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


PORTFOLIO EXPENSE INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Aggressive                                          Current       Principal
Shareholder Transaction Expenses            Growth      Growth     Global     Balanced         Income      Preservation
- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ---------- --------- ------------- --------------- ----------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>             <C>
Maximum Sales Load Imposed                  
 on Purchases                                5.75%        5.75%     5.75%       5.75%          5.75%           None
Sales Load Imposed                                                                         
 on Reinvested Dividends                     None        None       None        None           None            None
Redemption Fees                              None        None       None        None           None            None
Exchange Fees                                None        None       None        None           None            None
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(as a percentage of                       Aggressive                                         Current         Principal
average daily net assets)                   Growth      Growth     Global    Balanced        Income         Preservation
- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ---------- --------- ------------ ----------------- ---------------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>                <C>
Management Fee                               None        None       None       None            None             None
Rule 12b-1 Fee*                             0.50%        0.50%     0.50%       0.50%          0.50%            0.50%
Other Expenses**                            0.15%        0.15%     0.15%       0.15%          0.15%            0.15%
 Total Fund Operating Expenses***           0.65%        0.65%     0.65%       0.65%          0.65%            0.65%
- ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*    After fee waiver
**   After expense reimbursement
***  After 12b-1 fee waiver and expense reimbursement

     LifeUSA  Securities,  Inc.,  the  Portfolios'  principal  underwriter,  has
voluntarily  agreed  to  waive  the Rule  12b-1  Fee in  excess  of .50% of each
Portfolio's  average daily net assets until May 1, 1998. Absent such voluntarily
waiver,  each  Portfolio  would pay .75% of its average  daily net assets as the
Rule 12b-1 Fee. The figures for Other  Expenses set forth in the table above are
based on estimated  amounts for the current  fiscal year.  Absent the  Adviser's
voluntary  reimbursement  of Other  Expenses in excess of 0.15%,  each Portfolio
would pay 0.32% of its average  daily net assets as Other  Expenses.  Absent the
Rule 12b-1 Fee waiver and the reimbursement of Other Expenses,  each Portfolio's
Total Fund  Operating  Expenses,  as a percentage  of average  daily net assets,
would be 0.82%.

     Besides the Total Fund Operating  Expenses set forth above,  each Portfolio
will also indirectly pay its pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by
the Underlying Funds. The investment returns of each Portfolio,  therefore, will
be net of the  expenses  of the  Underlying  Funds  in  which  it  invests.  The
following  chart shows the expense ratio (as of September 30, 1996 and including
net of  voluntary  fee  waivers)  of each of the  Underlying  Funds in which the
Portfolios may invest.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Underlying Fund                          Expense Ratio
            ----------------------------------- ------------------------
            <S>                                 <C>
              IAI Bond Fund                                1.10%
              IAI Capital Appreciation Fund*               1.25%
              IAI Developing Countries Fund                2.00%
              IAI Government Fund                          1.10%
              IAI Growth Fund                              1.25%
              IAI Growth and Income Fund                   1.25%
              IAI International Fund                       1.65%
              IAI Latin America Fund*                      2.00%
              IAI Midcap Growth Fund                       1.25%
              IAI Money Market Fund                         .60%
              IAI Regional Fund                            1.21%
              IAI Reserve Fund                              .85%
              IAI Value Fund                               1.25%
             
</TABLE>

  
                                   -3-
<PAGE>

         __________________________________
          * Absent voluntary fee waivers, the expense ratios of IAI Capital 
            Appreciation Fund would be 1.40% and IAI Latin America Fund would 
            be 3.00%.

     Based on a weighted  average of the expense ratios of the Underlying  Funds
in which each Portfolio is expected to invest at the  commencement of investment
operations,  the approximate  expense ratio for each Portfolio is expected to be
as follows:  LifeUSA Aggressive Growth Portfolio 1.88%, LifeUSA Growth Portfolio
1.90%, LifeUSA Global Portfolio 2.38%, LifeUSA Balanced Portfolio 2.37%, LifeUSA
Current Income  Portfolio  1.40% and LifeUSA  Principal  Preservation  Portfolio
1.25%.

Example:

         Based  upon the levels of total  Portfolio  operating  expenses  listed
above as well as the pro rata  share of the  expenses  of the  Underlying  Funds
(also as  listed  above),  you  would  pay the  following  expenses  on a $1,000
investment,  assuming a five percent  annual return and redemption at the end of
each period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1 Year       3 Years
                                                      ------       -------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>   
LifeUSA Aggressive Growth Portfolio                    19             59
LifeUSA Growth Portfolio                               19             60
LifeUSA Global Portfolio                               24             74
LifeUSA Balanced Portfolio                             24             74
LifeUSA Current Income Portfolio                       14             44
LifeUSA Principal Preservation Portfolio               13             40
</TABLE>

         The  purpose of the above table is to assist you in  understanding  the
various costs and expenses that an investor in a Portfolio will bear directly or
indirectly.  THE EXAMPLE  SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A  REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR
FUTURE EXPENSES.  ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.

         Long term  investors  may pay more than the economic  equivalent of the
maximum  front-end sales charge  permitted by the National  Association of Sales
Dealers, Inc. rules regarding investment companies.

                              FUND DIRECTORS

           Madeline Betsch                    Richard E. Struthers
           W. William Hodgson                 J. Peter Thompson
           George R. Long                     Charles H. Withers
           Noel P. Rahn


                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

         The Fund is an open-end  diversified  investment company that currently
offers six managed  investment  portfolios.  Each Portfolio seeks to achieve its
investment  objective by investing within specified ranges among mutual funds as
set forth below (the "Underlying  Funds"). By investing in Underlying Funds, the
Portfolios (except Principal Preservation  Portfolio) seek to maintain different
allocations between mutual funds depending on a Portfolio's investment objective
and  strategy.  Allocating  investments  between  mutual funds permits each such
Portfolio  to attempt to optimize  performance  consistent  with its  investment
objective.  Each  Portfolio's  investment  objective may not be changed  without
shareholder  approval.  There can be no assurance that a Portfolio's  investment
objective will be achieved.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     The investment ranges are based on the degree to which the Underlying Funds
selected  are  expected  in  combination  to be  appropriate  for a  Portfolio's
particular investment objective and strategy. If, as a result of appreciation or
depreciation,  the percentage of a Portfolio's  assets invested in an Underlying
Fund exceeds or is less than the  applicable  percentage  limitations  set forth
above, the Adviser will consider, in its discretion,  whether to re-allocate the
assets of a Portfolio to comply with the  limitations.  The specific  Underlying
Funds in which each Portfolio may invest and the investment ranges applicable to
each  Underlying  Fund may be changed  from time to time by the Fund's  Board of
Directors without the approval of a Portfolio's shareholders, provided that this
Prospectus is appropriately supplemented or amended.

LIFEUSA AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO

         The Aggressive  Growth  Portfolio  seeks to provide  long-term  capital
appreciation  by investing in mutual funds that emphasize  small to medium-sized
domestic  companies.  In general,  the Aggressive  Growth Portfolio should offer
investors  the potential for a high level of capital  growth,  while  subjecting
investors to a medium to high level of principal  risk.  The  Aggressive  Growth
Portfolio  currently intends to invest in the following  Underlying Funds within
the percentage ranges set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Investment Range
                                          (Percent of the Aggressive
      Underlying Funds                     Growth Portfolio's Assets) 
      ----------------                     -------------------------- 
      <S>                                  <C>     
      IAI Capital  Appreciation Fund               10 - 80% 
      IAI Value Fund                               10 - 80% 
      IAI Regional Fund                            10 - 80%
</TABLE>


LIFEUSA GLOBAL PORTFOLIO

         The Global Portfolio seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation by
investing  primarily in mutual funds that  emphasize the securities of companies
not located in the United  States.  The Global  Portfolio  will also invest in a
mutual fund that emphasizes  large domestic  companies.  In general,  the Global
Portfolio  should  offer  investors  the  potential  for a high level of capital
growth while subjecting  investors to a high level of principal risk. The Global
Portfolio  currently intends to invest in the following  Underlying Funds within
the percentage ranges set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Investment Range
                                                  (Percent of the
      Underlying Funds                       Global Portfolio's Assets) 
      ----------------                       ------------------------- 
      <S>                                    <C>
      IAI International Fund                          10 - 70%  
      IAI Developing Countries Fund                   10 - 70% 
      IAI Latin America Fund                          10 - 70%
      IAI Growth Fund                                 10 - 50%
</TABLE>

                                      --5-
<PAGE>

LIFEUSA GROWTH PORTFOLIO

         The Growth Portfolio seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation by
investing in mutual funds that emphasize the securities of medium-sized to large
domestic companies.  In general, the Growth Portfolio should offer investors the
potential  for a low  level of  income  and the  potential  for a high  level of
capital  growth,  while  subjecting  investors  to a  medium  to high  level  of
principal  risk.  The  Growth  Portfolio  currently  intends  to  invest  in the
following Underlying Funds within the percentage ranges set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Investment Range
                                                (Percent of the
      Underlying Funds                      Growth Portfolio's Assets) 
      ----------------                      ------------------------ 
      <S>                                   <C>
      IAI Growth Fund                              20 - 60% 
      IAI Growth and Income Fund                   20 - 60% 
      IAI Midcap Growth Fund                       20 - 60%
</TABLE>
                                      
LIFEUSA BALANCED PORTFOLIO

         The Balanced Portfolio seeks to provide long-term capital  appreciation
with some level of current  income by  investing in both equity and fixed income
mutual funds.  In general,  the Balanced  Portfolio  should offer  investors the
potential  for a medium level of income and the  potential for a medium level of
capital growth,  while subjecting investors to a medium level of principal risk.
The Balanced Portfolio  currently intends to invest in the following  Underlying
Funds within the percentage ranges set forth below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Investment Range
                                                (Percent of the
      Underlying Funds                    Balanced Portfolio's Assets)
      ----------------                    ----------------------------
      <S>                                 <C>
      IAI Bond Fund                                 0 - 60%
      IAI Government Fund                           0 - 30%
      IAI Reserve Fund                              0 - 40%
      IAI Capital Appreciation Fund                 0 - 30%
      IAI Developing Countries Fund                 0 - 20%
      IAI Growth Fund                               0 - 60%
      IAI Growth and Income Fund                    0 - 40%
      IAI International Fund                        0 - 30%
      IAI Latin America Fund                        0 - 20%
      IAI Midcap Growth Fund                        0 - 30%
      IAI Regional Fund                             0 - 30%
      IAI Value Fund                                0 - 30%
</TABLE>

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

LIFEUSA CURRENT INCOME PORTFOLIO

         The  Current  Income  Portfolio  seeks to  provide  current  income  by
investing in mutual funds that emphasize  fixed income  securities.  In general,
the Current Income  Portfolio  should offer investors the potential for a medium
to high  level of  income,  while  subjecting  investors  to a  medium  level of
principal risk. The Current Income Portfolio  currently intends to invest in the
following Underlying Funds within the percentage ranges set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Investment Range
                                             (Percent of the Current
      Underlying Funds                      Income Portfolio's Assets) 
      ----------------                      -------------------------- 
      <S>                                   <C>   
      IAI Bond Fund                                10 - 80% 
      IAI Government Fund                          10 - 80% 
      IAI Reserve Fund                             10 - 80% 
      IAI Money Market Fund                         0 - 30%
</TABLE>


LIFEUSA PRINCIPAL PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO

         The Principal  Preservation  Portfolio  seeks to provide  liquidity and
preservation  of capital by investing 100% of its assets in the IAI Money Market
Fund. In general,  the Principal  Preservation  Portfolio should offer investors
the  potential  for a low level of income  while  subjecting  investors to a low
level of principal risk.

GENERAL

     In  unusual  market  conditions,  when the  Adviser  believes  a  temporary
defensive  position is warranted,  each of LifeUSA  Aggressive  Growth,  LifeUSA
Growth,  LifeUSA Global,  LifeUSA Balanced and LifeUSA Current Income Portfolios
may invest without limitation in IAI Money Market Fund. If a Portfolio maintains
a  temporary  defensive  position,   investment  income  may  increase  and  may
constitute a large portion of a Portfolio's return.

         Please see the Prospectus  section  "Principal  Portfolio Risk Factors"
for a  discussion  of  the  risks  associated  directly  with  investing  in the
Portfolios.  For  information  about the  investment  objectives  of each of the
Underlying Funds and the investment techniques and risks associated with each of
them, please see the Prospectus  section  "Underlying Funds" and the Appendix to
the  Prospectus,  as well as the  Statement of  Additional  Information  section
"Investment Objectives and Policies".


                        PRINCIPAL PORTFOLIO RISK FACTORS

STOCK MARKET RISK

         Stock market risk is the possibility  that stock prices in general will
decline  over  short or even  extended  periods.  The stock  market  tends to be
cyclical,  with periods when stock prices  generally rise and periods when stock
prices generally decline.  Also,  investments in foreign stock markets can be as
volatile, if not more volatile, than investments in U.S. markets.

         To illustrate the volatility of stock prices,  the following table sets
forth the extremes for U.S.  stock market  returns as well as the average return
for the  period  from 1926 to 1995,  as  measured  by the  Standard & Poor's 500
Composite Stock Price Index:

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                          Average Annual U.S. Stock Market Returns (1926-1995)
                                      Over Various Time Horizons (%)
                          ----------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>         
                                   1 Year           5 Years          10 Years            20 Years
                                   ------           -------          --------            --------
         <S>                       <C>              <C>              <C>                 <C>
         Best                      + 53.9            + 23.9           + 20.1              + 16.9
         Worst                     - 43.3            - 12.5            - 0.9               + 3.1
         Average                   + 12.5            + 10.3           + 10.7              + 10.7
</TABLE>

         Average return may not be useful for forecasting  future returns in any
particular  period,  as stock  returns are quite  volatile from year to year and
interim  losses  are  inevitable.  For  example,  after  the  "bear  market"  of
1973-1974,  it took four  years  for many  investors  to  recover  their  losses
(assuming dividends were reinvested).

BOND MARKET RISK

         The bond market is typically less risky than the stock market, although
there have been times when some bonds were just as risky as stocks. For example,
bond prices fell 48% from  December  1976 to September  1981.  The risk of bonds
declining in value, however, may be offset in whole or in part by the high level
of income  that bonds  provide.  Bond prices are linked to  prevailing  interest
rates in the economy.  The price  volatility  of a bond depends on its maturity;
the longer the  maturity  of a bond,  the greater  its  sensitivity  to interest
rates.  In  general,  when  interest  rates  rise,  the  prices  of bonds  fall;
conversely,  when interest rates fall, bond prices  generally rise. From time to
time, the stock and bond markets may fluctuate  independently of one another. In
other words, a decline in the stock market may in certain instances be offset by
a rise in the bond market, or vice versa.

FOREIGN SECURITIES' RISK

         For U.S.  investors,  the returns of foreign investments are influenced
by not only  the  returns  on  foreign  common  stocks  themselves,  but also by
currency  risk -- i.e.,  changes  in the  value of the  currencies  in which the
stocks are denominated. In a period when the U.S. dollar generally rises against
foreign currencies, the returns on foreign securities for a U.S. investor may be
diminished.  By contrast,  in a period when the U.S. dollar generally  declines,
the returns on foreign securities may be enhanced.

         Other risks and  considerations of international  investing include the
following:   differences  in  accounting,   auditing  and  financial   reporting
standards;  generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions;
the smaller  trading  volumes and  generally  lower  liquidity of foreign  stock
markets, which may result in greater price volatility; foreign withholding taxes
payable on a Portfolio's  foreign  securities,  which may reduce dividend income
payable to  shareholders;  the  possibility  of  expropriation  or  confiscatory
taxation;  adverse  changes  in  investment  or  exchange  control  regulations;
difficulty in obtaining a judgment from a foreign court;  political  instability
which  could  affect  U.S.  investment  in  foreign  countries;   and  potential
restrictions on the flow of international capital.

CONCENTRATION RISK

         The Portfolios are  concentrated in the Underlying  Funds, so investors
should be aware that each  Portfolio's  performance  is directly  related to the
investment  performance  of the  Underlying  Funds in which it invests  and each
Portfolio's  allocation among the Funds. First,  changes in the net asset values
of the Underlying  Funds affect each Portfolio's net asset value.  Second,  over
the long-term, each Portfolio's ability to meet its investment objective depends
on the Underlying Funds meeting their investment objectives.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

MANAGER RISK

         The Adviser manages each Portfolio according to the traditional methods
of  "active"  investment  management,  which  involve  the buying and selling of
securities  based upon  economic,  financial and market  analysis and investment
judgment.  Manager risk refers to the  possibility  that the Adviser may fail to
execute each Portfolio's  investment  strategy  effectively.  As a result,  each
Portfolio may fail to achieve its stated objective.

AFFILIATED PERSON RISK

     The  Adviser,  the  investment  adviser  and  manager of the Fund,  and the
directors and officers of the Fund  presently  serve as  investment  adviser and
manager,  directors  and  officers,   respectively,  of  the  Underlying  Funds.
Therefore, conflicts  may  arise  as  these  persons  fulfill  their  fiduciary
responsibilities to the Fund and the Underlying Funds.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

     The  portfolio  turnover  rate is not  expected to exceed 25%  annually.  A
portfolio  turnover rate of 25% for a Portfolio  would occur if one quarter of a
Portfolio's  investments  were sold within a year.  The Adviser will purchase or
sell securities: (i) to accommodate purchases and sales of Portfolio shares; and
(ii) to maintain or modify the allocation of the Portfolios'  assets between the
Underlying  Funds in which the Portfolios  invest within the  percentage  limits
described under "Investment Objectives and Policies."

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

         Each  Portfolio  is subject to certain  other  investment  policies and
restrictions described in the Statement of Additional Information, some of which
are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the  shareholders
of a Portfolio.  As a fundamental  policy, each Portfolio will not invest 25% or
more of its assets in any one industry,  except for investment  companies  which
are  members  of the IAI  Mutual  Funds.  Also  as a  fundamental  policy,  each
Portfolio may borrow only for  temporary or emergency  purposes in an amount not
exceeding  one-third  of its total  assets.  Please  refer to the  Statement  of
Additional  Information for a further discussion of each Portfolio's  investment
restrictions.

         Please see the Appendix to the  Prospectus for  information  concerning
the principal risk factors of the Underlying Funds.


                         DESCRIPTION OF UNDERLYING FUNDS

         The following is a concise description of the investment objectives and
techniques of each of the  Underlying  Funds in which the Portfolios may invest.
There can be no assurance that the investment objectives of the Underlying Funds
will be met. Additional  information regarding the investment techniques for the
Underlying Funds and the risks associated with investing in the Underlying Funds
is located in the Appendix to this  Prospectus,  in the  Statement of Additional
Information  and in the prospectus of each of the Underlying  Funds. No offer is
made in this Prospectus of any of the Underlying Funds.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

IAI BOND FUND

         Bond Fund's investment  objective is to provide a high level of current
income consistent with preservation of capital.  Bond Fund pursues its objective
by investing primarily in a diversified  portfolio of investment grade bonds and
other debt securities of similar quality.  Investment grade securities are those
securities  rated within the four highest grades  assigned by Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc. ("Moody's") or Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P").  Other debt
securities  in which  Bond Fund may  invest  include,  but are not  limited  to,
securities of, or guaranteed by, the United States  Government,  its agencies or
instrumentalities,  bank  certificates of deposit,  bankers'  acceptances,  debt
securities of foreign  issuers,  and commercial  paper rated at least Prime-2 by
Moody's or A-2 by S&P or  otherwise  issued by companies  having an  outstanding
unsecured debt issue currently rated A or better by Moody's or S&P. Under normal
market conditions,  at least 65% of Bond Fund's total assets will be invested in
debt  obligations  and  government  securities  with  maturities  at the time of
acquisition  of one year or more.  Although  Bond Fund  generally  will not make
direct  purchases of common stock,  Bond Fund may purchase  preferred  stock and
convertible securities.  Bond Fund will limit its investments in such securities
to a maximum of 10% of its net assets.

IAI CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND

         The  investment  objective  of Capital  Appreciation  Fund is long-term
capital  appreciation.  Capital  Appreciation  Fund will pursue its objective by
investing  primarily in equity  securities of U.S.  companies  that IAI believes
have above-average  prospects for growth. In general,  Capital Appreciation Fund
will  concentrate on companies  that have superior  performance  records,  solid
market  positions,  strong  balance  sheets  and a  management  team  capable of
sustaining  growth.  Although IAI expects Capital  Appreciation Fund will invest
primarily  in the common  stocks of smaller  emerging and  mid-sized  companies,
generally  companies that have a market  capitalization less than $5 billion, it
may invest in the securities of companies of any size that offer strong earnings
growth potential.  In addition to common stocks,  Capital  Appreciation Fund may
also  invest  in  securities  convertible  into  common  stocks,  nonconvertible
preferred stocks and nonconvertible debt securities when IAI believes that these
securities offer opportunities for capital appreciation. Current income will not
be a substantial factor in the selection of securities.

IAI DEVELOPING COUNTRIES FUND

     The  investment  objective  of  Developing  Countries  Fund  is to  provide
long-term capital  appreciation.  Developing Countries Fund seeks to achieve its
objective by investing  primarily in equity securities of companies domiciled or
otherwise having substantial  operations in developing  countries.  Under normal
conditions,  at least 65% of  Developing  Countries  Fund's total assets will be
invested in securities of companies  domiciled or otherwise  having  substantial
operations in developing countries. Developing countries include those generally
considered to be  developing or emerging by the World Bank or the  International
Finance  Corporation,  as well as countries  that are  classified  by the United
Nations or otherwise  regarded by their  authorities as  developing.  Developing
Countries  Fund may also invest in  securities  of companies  that derive 50% or
more of their total revenue from either goods or services produced in developing
countries or sales made in such developing countries and companies that maintain
50% or more of  their  assets  in  developing  countries.  Determinations  as to
eligibility will be based on publicly  available  information and inquiries made
to the  companies.  Developing  Countries  Fund  will  not  necessarily  seek to
diversify  investments  on a  geographic  basis or on the  basis of the level of
economic  development  of any  particular  country.  Developing  Countries  Fund
focuses on equity  securities,  however,  it may also  invest in other  types of
instruments including debt securities. Developing Cpuntries Fund has established
no minimum rating criteria for the debt  securities in which it may invest,  and
such securities may not be rated at all for creditworthiness.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

IAI GOVERNMENT FUND

         The   investment   objectives  of   Government   Fund  are  to  provide
shareholders  with a high  level of  current  income  and with  preservation  of
capital.  In seeking to achieve its objectives,  Government Fund will invest its
assets  primarily in  securities  issued,  guaranteed or  collateralized  by the
United  States  Government,  its  agencies or  instrumentalities  whether or not
backed by the "full faith and credit" pledge of the United States Government and
in  repurchase  agreements  pertaining to such  securities.  Under normal market
conditions,  Government  Fund will  invest  at least 65% of its total  assets in
securities issued, guaranteed or collateralized by the United States Government,
its agencies or instrumentalities  (excluding,  for purposes of calculating this
minimum,  CMOs as described below,  which are secured by obligations of the U.S.
Government,  its  agencies  or  instrumentalities  but  are  issued  by  private
issuers).  The  mortgage-related  securities in which Government Fund may invest
include pass-through securities.  In addition,  Government Fund may invest up to
35% of its assets in securities of private  issuers that are  collateralized  by
pools of mortgages  issued or guaranteed by the United  States  Government,  its
agencies  or  instrumentalities,   called  collateralized  mortgage  obligations
("CMOs").

IAI GROWTH FUND

         The   investment   objective  of  Growth  Fund  is  long-term   capital
appreciation. Growth Fund pursues its objective by investing primarily in equity
securities of established companies that are expected to increase earnings at an
above average rate. In general,  Growth Fund concentrates on companies that have
strong management,  leading market positions,  strong balance sheets, and a well
defined  strategy for future growth.  In selecting  investments for Growth Fund,
IAI utilizes  several  valuation  techniques to determine which stocks offer the
best combination of intrinsic value and earnings growth  potential.  The goal is
to have an acceptable balance of risk and reward in the portfolio.  Under normal
circumstances,  at  least  65% of  Growth  Fund's  assets  will be  invested  in
growth-type  securities.  Growth Fund may also invest in government  securities,
investment-grade  corporate bonds and debentures,  high-grade  commercial paper,
preferred  stocks,  certificates  of deposit  or other  securities  of U.S.  and
foreign  issuers when IAI perceives an opportunity  for capital growth from such
securities or so that Growth Fund may receive a return on its idle cash.  Growth
Fund currently intends to limit its investments in debt securities to securities
of U.S. companies,  the U.S. Government and foreign governments and governmental
entities.

IAI GROWTH AND INCOME FUND

         The primary  investment  objective of Growth and Income Fund is capital
appreciation,  with income being its secondary objective. Growth and Income Fund
pursues its objectives by investing  primarily in equity  securities which offer
the  potential  for  capital   appreciation  and  secondarily  by  investing  in
income-producing equity securities.  Growth and Income Fund invests primarily in
common  stocks and may invest in  securities  convertible  into  common  stocks,
nonconvertible preferred stocks and nonconvertible debt securities. In selecting
investments,  Growth and Income  Fund  considers  a number of  factors,  such as
product  development and demand,  operating ratios,  utilization of earnings for
expansion, management abilities, analyses of intrinsic values, market action and
overall  economic and political  conditions.  Dividend income is a consideration
secondary to Growth and Income Fund's primary objective of capital appreciation.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

IAI INTERNATIONAL FUND

     The  primary   investment   objective  of  International  Fund  is  capital
appreciation with current income  (principally from dividends) being a secondary
objective.  International Fund pursues its objectives by investing, under normal
circumstances,  at  least  95% of the  value of its net  assets  in  equity  and
equity-related  securities  of non-United  States  issuers.  International  Fund
invests   primarily  in  equity   securities   which  have  the   potential  for
above-average  capital  appreciation.  Equity securities in which  International
Fund will invest  include,  but are not limited to,  common  stocks,  securities
convertible into common stock, preferred stock,  partnership interests and other
equity  participations.  When the anticipated  total return from debt securities
significantly   exceeds  the  anticipated   total  return  from  foreign  equity
securities,  or for temporary  defensive  purposes,  up to 50% of  International
Fund's  portfolio may be comprised of cash,  cash  equivalents,  bonds and other
debt  securities  of both  United  States  and  foreign  issuers.  Under  normal
circumstances,  however,  International  Fund  currently  intends  to  invest  a
significant portion of its assets in countries that generally are representative
of the market  capitalization of the securities of the countries  comprising the
Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australia, Far East ("EAFE") Index,
an unmanaged index of foreign common stocks.  International Fund may also invest
in  developing  countries,   which  investments  involve  exposure  to  economic
structures that are generally less diverse and mature than in the United States,
and to political systems which may be less stable. International Fund will limit
its  investments  in developing  countries not included in the EAFE Index to not
more than 15% of its total assets.

IAI LATIN AMERICA FUND

     The  investment  objective  of  Latin  America  Fund is  long-term  capital
appreciation.  Latin  America  Fund seeks to achieve its  objective by investing
primarily in the securities of Latin American issuers. Such objective may not be
changed  without  shareholder  approval.  There can be no  assurance  that Latin
America Fund will achieve its investment objective.  Under normal conditions, at
least 65% of the Fund's  total  assets will be invested in  securities  of Latin
American  issuers and at least 50% of Latin America  Fund's total assets will be
invested in Latin American equity  securities.  For purposes of this Prospectus,
Latin America is defined as Argentina, Belize, Brazil, Bolivia, Chile, Colombia,
Costa Rica,  Ecuador,  El  Salvador,  Guatemala,  Honduras,  Mexico,  Nicaragua,
Paraguay,  Peru,  Panama,  Uruguay and  Venezuela.  Latin  America  Fund defines
securities of Latin  American  issuers as follows:  (a)  securities of companies
organized under the laws of a Latin American  country or for which the principal
trading  market is located in Latin America;  (b) securities  that are issued or
guaranteed  by the  government  of a Latin  America  country,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities,  political  subdivisions,  or the country's central bank; (c)
securities of a company, wherever organized, where at least 50% of the company's
gross  revenue  or  profit  in any  one of the  two  most  recent  fiscal  years
represents  (directly or indirectly through  subsidiaries)  assets or activities
located in Latin  America;  or (e)  securities  of Latin  American  issuers,  as
previously  defined,  in the form of  depositary  shares.  Determinations  as to
eligibility will be based on publicly  available  information and inquiries made
to the companies.  Latin America Fund intends to allocate  investments  among at
least four countries at all times and does not expect to concentrate investments
in any particular  industry.  Latin America Fund's equity investments consist of
common stock, preferred stock (either convertible or non-convertible), sponsored
or unsponsored  depository receipts  (including  American  Depository  Receipts,
American Depository Shares and Global Depository Shares) and warrants. These may
be restricted  securities and may also be purchased  through rights.  Securities
may be listed on the securities exchanges,  traded over-the-counter,  or have no
organized market.  Although Latin America Fund focuses on equity securities,  it
may also invest in debt securities.

                                     -12-
<PAGE>

IAI MIDCAP GROWTH FUND

         The  investment  objective of Midcap  Growth Fund is long-term  capital
appreciation.  Midcap  Growth Fund will pursue its  objective  by  investing  in
equity  securities  of  medium-sized  U.S.  companies  that  IAI  believes  have
above-average  prospects for growth. Midcap Growth Fund will invest at least 65%
of the value of its total assets in  medium-sized  companies  that have a market
capitalization  between  $500  million  and  $5  billion.  Under  normal  market
conditions,   the  weighted  average  capitalization  of  Midcap  Growth  Fund's
investment  portfolio  will range from $1 billion  to $3  billion.  In  general,
Midcap Growth Fund  concentrates  on companies  that have  superior  performance
records,  solid market  positions,  strong balance sheets and a management  team
capable of  sustaining  growth.  Investments  in such  companies  are  generally
considered  to be  less  volatile  than  less  capitalized  emerging  companies.
However,  such  companies may not generate the dividend  income of larger,  more
capitalized companies. Dividend income, if any, is a consideration incidental to
Midcap  Growth  Fund's  objective of capital  appreciation.  Midcap  Growth Fund
invests  primarily  in common  stocks.  However,  it may  invest  in  securities
convertible   into   common   stocks,   nonconvertible   preferred   stocks  and
nonconvertible  debt  securities when IAI believes that these  securities  offer
opportunities for capital appreciation. Current income will not be a substantial
factor in the selection of securities.

IAI MONEY MARKET FUND

     Money Market Fund's investment  objective is to provide shareholders with a
high level of current income  consistent  with the  preservation  of capital and
liquidity.  Money  Market  Fund is  designed  for  investors  who  seek  maximum
stability of  principal.  Money Market  Fund's  investment  objective may not be
changed  without  shareholder  approval.  There can be no  assurance  that Money
Market Fund will achieve its investment objective.  Money Market Fund is subject
to the investment  restrictions of Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of
1940 in addition to its other policies and restrictions  discussed  below.  Rule
2a-7  requires  that Money Market Fund invest  exclusively  in  securities  that
mature within 397 days and that it maintain an average dollar weighted  maturity
of not more than 90 days.  Rule 2a-7 also requires that all investments by Money
Market Fund be limited to United States dollar-denominated investments that: (1)
present "minimal credit risks," and (2) are at the time of acquisition "Eligible
Securities."  Eligible  Securities  include,  among others,  securities that are
rated by two Nationally Recognized  Statistical Rating Organizations  ("NRSROs")
in one of the two highest  categories for short-term debt  obligations,  such as
A-1 or A-2 by  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  ("S&P") or P-1 or P-2 by Moody's
Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's").  It is  the  responsibility  of  IAI  to
determine  that Money Market Fund's  investments  present only  "minimal  credit
risks" and are Eligible  Securities.  Money Market Fund's Board of Directors has
established  written  guidelines  and  procedures  for  IAI and  oversees  IAI's
determination  that Money  Markets  Fund's  portfolio  securities  present  only
"minimal credit risks" and are Eligible Securities. Rule 2a-7 also requires that
(1) 95% of the assets of Money  Market Fund be  invested in Eligible  Securities
that are deemed First Tier Securities,  which include, among others,  securities
rated by two NRSROs in the  highest  category  (such as A-1 and P-1),  (2) Money
Market  Fund may not  invest  more  than 5% of its total  assets in Second  Tier
Securities  (i.e.,  Eligible  Securities that are not First Tier Securities) and
(3)Money  Market Fund's  investment in Second Tier Securities of a single issuer
may not  exceed  the  greater  of 1% of Money  Market  Fund's  total  assets  or
$1,000,000.

     In pursuing its  investment  objective,  Money Market Fund's assets will be
invested in short-term money market obligations, including securities issued, or
guaranteed by, the United States Government,  its agencies or instrumentalities;
bank obligations, including time deposits, certificates of deposit, and bankers'
acceptances  issued by domestic  banks or their  foreign  branches or by foreign
banks;  domestic  and foreign  commercial  paper;  repurchase  agreements;  U.S.
dollar-denominated  obligations  issued  or  guaranteed  by one or more  foreign
governments,   or   any   of   their   political   subdivisions,   agencies   or
instrumentalities,  including obligations of supranational  entities;  and other
short-term  corporate  obligations,  including  those with  floating or variable
rates of  interest.  Money  Market  Fund may also  invest in loan  participation
interests and other participation  interests in securities in which Money Market
Fund may invest,  subject to Money  Market  Fund's  quality and  diversification
requirements.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     Money Market Fund's  investments are subject to price variations  resulting
from  rising or falling  interest  rates and are  subject to the  ability of the
issuers of such investments to make payments at maturity. However, because Money
Market Fund will invest only in securities that present minimal credit risks and
are highly liquid,  fluctuations in principal are expected to be minimal.  Money
Market  Fund may also hold  cash,  which may not earn  interest,  to  facilitate
stabilizing its net asset value per share and for liquidity purposes.

IAI REGIONAL FUND

         The  investment  objective  of Regional  Fund is capital  appreciation.
Regional  Fund  does  not  expect  to  provide  significant  current  income  to
investors.  Regional Fund pursues its objective by investing at least 80% of its
equity  investments  in companies  which have their  headquarters  in Minnesota,
Wisconsin, Iowa, Illinois,  Nebraska, Montana, North Dakota or South Dakota (the
"Eight State Region").  Regional Fund invests primarily in common stocks but may
also  invest  in  securities  convertible  into  common  stocks,  nonconvertible
preferred stocks, and nonconvertible debt securities.  In selecting  investments
for  Regional  Fund,  IAI  considers  a  number  of  factors,  such  as  product
development and demand, operating ratios, utilization of earnings for expansion,
management  abilities,  analyses of intrinsic values,  market action and overall
economic  and  political  conditions.   Along  with  investments  in  nationally
recognized  companies,  Regional Fund invests in companies which are not as well
known because they are newer or have a small capitalization, but which offer the
potential for capital appreciation.
                                     
IAI RESERVE FUND

     Reserve Fund's  investment  objectives are to provide its shareholders with
high levels of capital  stability  and liquidity  and, to the extent  consistent
with these  primary  objectives,  a high level of current  income.  Reserve Fund
pursues its objectives  primarily through investment in a diversified  portfolio
of investment grade bonds and other debt securities of similar quality.  Reserve
Fund  will  maintain  a  dollar  weighted  average  maturity  of its  investment
portfolio of  twenty-five  (25) months or less.  Other debt  securities in which
Reserve  Fund may  invest  include  securities  of, or  guaranteed  by, the U.S.
Government, its agencies or instrumentalities,  corporate debt obligations, debt
securities of foreign  issuers,  mortgage-related  securities,  commercial paper
rated at least Prime-2 by Moody's or A-2 by S&P or otherwise issued by companies
having  an  outstanding  unsecured  debt  issue  currently  rated A or better by
Moody's or S&P, bank  certificates of deposit and other  short-term  instruments
and repurchase agreements relating to such securities.

IAI VALUE FUND

         The   investment   objective  of  Value  Fund  is   long-term   capital
appreciation.  Value Fund does not expect to provide  significant current income
to  investors.  Value Fund  pursues its  objective  primarily  by  investing  in
securities  believed by management to be undervalued and which are considered to
offer unusual  opportunities for capital growth. The following are typical,  but
not exclusive,  examples of  investments  that are considered for Value Fund (1)
equity  securities  of  companies  which have been  unpopular  for some time but
where,  in the opinion of IAI,  recent  developments  suggest the possibility of
improved  operating  results;  (2) equity  securities  of  companies  which have
experienced  recent  market  popularity  but which,  in the opinion of IAI, have
temporarily fallen out of favor for reasons that are considered non-recurring or
short-term;  and (3) equity securities of companies which appear  undervalued in
relation to popular securities of other companies in the same industry. Although
there is no formula as to the  percentage  of assets that may be invested in any
one type of  security,  Value Fund  generally  is  primarily  invested in common
stocks.  Value Fund may also acquire preferred stocks,  fixed income securities,
and  securities  convertible  into or which carry  warrants  to purchase  common
stocks, or other equity interests.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

         Each of the  Portfolios  was created on November 7, 1996, as a separate
portfolio  represented  by a separate  class of common  stock of LifeUSA  Funds,
Inc., a Minnesota  company  incorporated on April 26, 1996. Under Minnesota law,
the Fund's Board of Directors is generally responsible for the overall operation
and management of the  Portfolios.  Investment  Advisers,  Inc. (the  "Adviser")
serves as the  investment  adviser  and manager of the  Portfolios.  The Adviser
manages in excess of $16 billion  for other  investment  companies,  pension and
profit sharing plans,  portfolios of  foundations,  religious,  educational  and
charitable institutions,  trusts,  municipalities and individuals. The Adviser's
ultimate  corporate  parent is Lloyds TSB Group plc, a  publicly-held  financial
services organization  headquartered in London, England. Lloyds TSB Group plc is
one of the largest  personal  and  corporate  financial  services  groups in the
United  Kingdom,  and  is  engaged  in a  wide  range  of  activities  including
commercial and retail banking. The Adviser's address is that of the Fund.

         Pursuant  to  an  Investment   Advisory  and  Administrative   Services
Agreement with the Fund (the  "Agreement"),  the Adviser provides the Portfolios
with investment  advisory services and is responsible for the overall management
of the  Portfolios'  business  affairs  subject to the authority of the Board of
Directors.  The Agreement also provides that each  Portfolio  shall pay the fees
and expenses of outside  legal  counsel,  independent  public  accountants,  and
custodians,  as well  as  certain  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the
registration  of  Portfolio  shares for sale to the  public,  interest  and,  in
certain circumstances,  taxes and extraordinary expenses. Because the Underlying
Funds pay the  Adviser a  management  fee, no  compensation  is paid the Adviser
under the  Agreement.  The  Adviser  may,  at its  option,  reimburse  Portfolio
expenses  from time to time.  Any such  reimbursement  is  voluntary  and may be
discontinued  at any time.  The Adviser also may absorb or  reimburse  Portfolio
expenses from time to time, in its discretion, while retaining the ability to be
reimbursed by a Portfolio for such amounts  before the  Portfolio's  fiscal year
end.  This  practice  would have the effect of  lowering a  Portfolio's  overall
expense ratio and of increasing yield to the investors,  or the converse, at the
time such  amounts are absorbed or  reimbursed,  as the case may be. The Adviser
shall not be liable  for any loss  suffered  by a  Portfolio  in the  absence of
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence in the  performance of its duties
and obligations.

         Day-to-day   investment   decisions   for   each   Portfolio   are  the
responsibility of the Adviser's asset allocation committee.

                           DISTRIBUTION OF FUND SHARES

     Each Portfolio has adopted a written plan of  distribution  (the "Plan") in
accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the "1940 Act") pursuant to which it pays a fee as described  below.  Under the
Plan, each Portfolio has entered into a Distribution  and  Shareholder  Services
Agreement with LifeUSA Securities,  Inc. ("LSI"),  pursuant to which a Portfolio
will  pay  LSI a fee  for  servicing  Portfolio  shareholder  accounts  and  for
distributing  Portfolio  shares (the "Rule 12b-1  Fee").  Subject to the expense
limitations  described above,  each Portfolio has agreed to pay LSI a Rule 12b-1
Fee at an annual rate of .75% of a Portfolio's average daily net assets. LSI has
voluntarily  agreed to waive its fee in excess of .50% of a Portfolio's  average
daily net  assets  through  May 1, 1998.  LSI is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of
LifeUSA Holding,  Inc., and is affiliated with LifeUSA Insurance Company,  which
is licensed to issue life  insurance  and annuity  business in all states except
New York and is  represented  by over 130  marketing  organizations  nationwide.
LSI's  address  is Suite  95,  300 South  Highway  169,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota
55426-1191.

         Although LSI is the principal  underwriter of Portfolio shares, LSI may
enter into agreements  with investment  dealers that are members of the NASD and
certain other  financial  services firms  ("Authorized  Dealers").  To become an
Authorized  Dealer, a dealer or financial  services firm must enter into a sales
agreement with LSI.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

         The Rule 12b-1 Fee may be used by each  Portfolio to compensate LSI for
the  provision of certain  services to  Portfolio  shareholders  and  Authorized
Dealers. The services provided may include services provided to shareholders and
Authorized  Dealers,  such as  answering  inquiries  regarding a  Portfolio  and
providing reports and other information, and services related to the maintenance
of  Portfolio  accounts.  LSI may use the Rule  12b-1  Fee to make  payments  to
Authorized Dealers that provide such services.

         The  Rule  12b-1  Fee may  also be  used  by LSI  for the  purposes  of
financing  any  activity  which is  primarily  intended to result in the sale of
shares of a  Portfolio.  The  expenses  of such  activities  include,  by way of
example  but not by way of  limitation,  costs of  prospectuses,  Statements  of
Additional Information,  annual reports,  semiannual reports,  quarterly reports
and monthly letters to prospective  shareholders,  expenses  associated with the
preparation and  distribution  of sales  literature and advertising of any type,
compensation and benefits paid to and expenses incurred by personnel,  including
supervisory  personnel,  involved in direct mail and advertising  activities and
activities  relating to the direct  marketing of Portfolio shares to the public,
and compensation to Authorized Dealers for selling Portfolio shares.

                   COMPUTATION OF NET ASSET VALUE AND PRICING

         Each  Portfolio  is open  for  business  each  day the New  York  Stock
Exchange  ("NYSE") is open. The Adviser  normally  calculates a Portfolio's  net
asset value  ("NAV") as of the close of  business  of the NYSE,  normally 3 p.m.
Central  time.  A  Portfolio's  NAV is the value of a single  share.  The NAV is
computed by adding up the value of a Portfolio's  investments,  cash,  and other
assets, subtracting its liabilities,  and then dividing the result by the number
of shares outstanding. This determination is made by appraising each Portfolio's
investments  (i.e.,  the Underlying  Funds) at the price of each such investment
determined at the close of the NYSE.

                               PURCHASE OF SHARES
GENERAL

     The minimum initial investment to establish an account is $2,500.  Once the
account  minimum has been met,  subsequent  Portfolio  purchases can be made for
$100. Such initial investment may be allocated between Portfolios as desired, as
long as a minimum  of  $1,000  is  allocated  to any one  Portfolio.  Additional
purchase programs are described in the sections "System Investment Plan", "Group
Systematic Investment Plan" and "Group Purchases" below.  

     You may purchase  shares of each  Portfolio  through LSI or any  Authorized
Dealer  at the  public  offering  price  which  is the NAV of such  shares  next
determined  after  receipt  of an order  plus,  for all  Portfolios  other  than
Principal  Preservation  Portfolio,  a sales charge that varies depending on the
size of your purchase.  Purchase orders received by LSI or an Authorized  Dealer
by the close of trading on the NYSE will be effected at that day's NAV, provided
that such order is  transmitted to the  Portfolios'  transfer agent by 3:00 p.m.
Central time that same day. Each Portfolio receives the NAV. The sales charge is
allocated between LSI and any applicable Authorized Dealer as set forth below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Sales Charge as %     Portion of Offering
                                         Sales Charge as % of      of Net Amount        Price Retained by
Amount of Purchase                          Offering Price            Invested               Dealer
- ------------------                          --------------            --------               ------
<S>                                      <C>                     <C>                   <C>
Less than $100,000                               5.75%                 6.10%                  5.25%
$100,000 but less than $250,000                  4.25%                 4.44%                  3.75%
$250,000 but less than $500,000                  3.00%                 3.09%                  2.50%
$500,000 but less than $1,000,000                2.25%                 2.30%                  2.00%
$1,000,000 and over                              1.00%                 1.01%                  1.00%
</TABLE>

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

         To purchase  shares,  forward  the  completed  application  and a check
payable to "LifeUSA  Funds" to the  Portfolios.  Third party  checks will not be
accepted for initial  account  investments.  Upon receipt,  your account will be
credited with the number of full and fractional shares which can be purchased at
the NAV next determined after receipt of the purchase order by a Portfolio, less
any applicable sales charge. Alternatively, you may purchase Portfolio shares by
bank wire. Information on purchases by wire is set forth below.

         Purchases  of shares  are  subject  to  acceptance  or  rejection  by a
Portfolio  on the same day the  purchase  order is received  and are not binding
until so accepted. Except as required by law, it is the policy of the Portfolios
and  LSI to keep  confidential  information  contained  in the  application  and
regarding the account of an investor or potential investor in a Portfolio. Share
certificates are not issued for a Portfolio.

     Directors and officers of LifeUSA Securities, Inc. or any of its affiliated
companies,  their full-time and part-time employees,  sales  representatives and
retirees, and the spouses,  siblings,  direct ancestors or direct descendants of
such  persons  may  purchase  shares of the  Portfolios  at the NAV  without the
imposition of a sales charge.  These  persons must give written  assurance  that
they have bought for investment  purposes,  and that the securities  will not be
resold  except  through  redemption  or  repurchase  by,  or on behalf  of,  the
respective  Portfolio.  These  persons are not  required  to pay a sales  charge
because of the reduced sales effort involved in their purchases.

         All  correspondence  or  inquiries  relating  to  purchase of shares or
completing  the  account   application  should  be  directed  to  LifeUSA  Funds
Shareholder  Services at the address or phone number  listed  under  "Additional
Information".

BANK WIRE PURCHASES

         Shares may be purchased  by having your bank wire federal  funds (funds
of the Federal Reserve System) to the Portfolios' bank. 

     Wire orders will be accepted  only on days your bank,  the transfer  agent,
the  Portfolios  and Norwest Bank  Minnesota are open for business.  The payment
must be received by the  Portfolios  before the close of business to be credited
to your account that day. Otherwise, it will be processed the next business day.
The wire purchase will not be considered made until the wired amount is received
and the  purchase  is  accepted  by the  Portfolios.  If the wire order does not
contain the information  stated below,  the Portfolios may reject it. Any delays
that may occur in wiring  federal funds,  including  delays in processing by the
banks, are not the responsibility of the Portfolios or the transfer agent.

         You must pay any charge assessed by your bank for the wire service.  If
a wire order is rejected,  all money received by the Portfolios,  less any costs
incurred  by the  Portfolios  or the  transfer  agent in  rejecting  it, will be
returned promptly.

     If the wire order is for a new account, you should call LifeUSA Shareholder
Services at the phone number  listed under  "Additional  Information"  to advise
them of the  investment and to obtain an account  number and  instructions.  The
wire  should be sent to:  Norwest  Bank  Minnesota,  Routing  Number  091000019,
Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  Attn: IAI Mutual Funds Account Number  6355002264.  It
should state the following:

         "Credit LifeUSA Funds Account # ____ for future credit to personal 
          account # ___ (your account number) for _______  (your name) and
          _____________ (Portfolio name)."

         A completed  application must be sent to the Portfolios and received by
the Portfolios  before the wire is sent. Your  application  must be received and
accepted by the Portfolios  before  exchange or redemption  instructions  can be
accepted with respect to your new account.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

         If the wire order is for an addition to an existing  account,  the wire
must include the  information  required  above for new accounts.  As soon as the
wire is sent, you should call LifeUSA Shareholder  Services, as described above,
and  advise  them of your  name,  your  account  number and the name of the bank
transmitting the federal funds.

                           SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN

         Each Portfolio  provides a convenient,  voluntary  method of purchasing
shares through a Systematic Investment Plan.

         The  principal  purposes  of  the  Systematic  Investment  Plan  are to
encourage thrift by enabling you to make regular  purchases in amounts less than
normally  required  and to  employ  the  principle  of  dollar  cost  averaging,
described below.

     By acquiring  Portfolio  shares on a regular basis pursuant to a Systematic
Investment  Plan,  or investing  regularly  on any other  systematic  plan,  the
investor takes advantage of the principle of dollar cost averaging. Under dollar
cost averaging, if a constant amount is invested at regular intervals at varying
price levels,  the average cost of all the shares will be lower than the average
of the price levels.  This is because the same fixed number of dollars buys more
shares when price levels are low and fewer shares when price levels are high. It
is essential that the investor consider his or her financial ability to continue
this  investment  program during times of market decline as well as market rise.
The  principle  of dollar  cost  averaging  will not protect  against  loss in a
declining  market,  as a loss will result if the Systematic  Investment  Plan is
discontinued  when the market value is less than cost and  Portfolio  shares are
redeemed.

     A Systematic  Investment  Plan may be opened with an initial  investment of
$500 and by indicating  your intention to invest $100 or more monthly  effective
as of the 4th and/or the 18th day of each month (or the next  business  day),for
at least one year. You will receive a confirmation  showing the number of shares
purchased,  purchase price, and subsequent new balance of shares accumulated.  A
Systematic  Investment Plan may be used to purchase shares in only one Portfolio
until the normal account and Portfolio minimums have been reached.

     An investor  has no  obligation  to invest  regularly  or to  continue  the
Systematic  Investment Plan, which may be terminated by the investor at any time
without  penalty.  Under the Systematic  Investment  Plan, any  distributions of
income and realized  income and realized  capital  gains will be  reinvested  in
additional  shares at the NAV unless a  shareholder  instructs  a  Portfolio  in
writing to pay them in cash.  Each  Portfolio  reserves the right to increase or
decrease the amount required to open and continue a Systematic  Investment Plan,
and to terminate any Systematic  Investment  Plan after one year if the value of
the amount invested is less than $500.


                        GROUP SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN

     This Plan  provides  employers and  employees  with a convenient  means for
purchasing  Portfolio  shares under various types of employee benefit and thrift
plans,  including payroll withholding and bonus incentive plans. The Plan may be
started  with an initial cash  investment  of $100 per  participant  for a group
consisting  of  five  or  more  participants.   The  shares  purchased  by  each
participant  under  the Plan  will be held in a  separate  account  in which all
dividends and capital gains will be reinvested in additional  shares at the NAV.
To keep an account open, subsequent payments totaling $50 per month must be made
into  each  participant's  account.  If the  group is  reduced  to less than the
minimum  number of  participants,  a  minimum  monthly  payment  of $100 will be
required.  The Plan may be terminated by the Portfolios or the  shareholders  at
any time upon reasonable  notice.  For more information,  please contact LifeUSA
Funds  Shareholder  Services  at  the  address  or  phone  number  listed  under
"Additional Information".

                                      -18-
<PAGE>


                                 GROUP PURCHASES

     An  individual  who is a member  of a  qualified  group  may also  purchase
Portfolio  shares at a reduced sales charge  applicable to the group as a whole.
Such  reduced  sales  charge is  calculated  by taking into account not only the
dollar amount of the Portfolio  shares being  purchased by the individual  group
member,  but also the  aggregate  dollar  value of Portfolio  shares  previously
purchased and currently held by other members of the group. A "qualified  group"
is one which (i) has been in  existence  for more  than six  months;  (ii) has a
purpose other than acquiring  Portfolio  shares at a discount;  (iii)  satisfies
uniform criteria which enable LSI to realize  economies of scale in distributing
such  shares.  A  qualified  group  must  have more  than ten  members,  must be
available  to  arrange  for  group  meetings  with  representatives  of  LSI  or
Authorized  Dealers,  must agree to include sales and other materials related to
the Portfolios in its publications and mailings to members at reduced or no cost
to LSI, and must seek, upon request,  to arrange for payroll  deduction or other
bulk transmission of investments to the Portfolios. For more information, please
contact LifeUSA Funds Shareholder Services at the address or phone number listed
under "Additional Information".

                            AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN

         Existing  shareholders may arrange to make regular  investments of $100
or more per  Portfolio on a monthly or twice a month basis,  effective as of the
4th  and/or  the 18th day of each  month  (or the next  business  day),  through
automatic  deductions  from their checking or savings  accounts.  Such investors
may, of course,  terminate their participation in the Automatic Investment Plans
at any time upon written notice to a Portfolio.  Any changes or  instructions to
terminate existing  Automatic  Investment Plan must be received at least 30 days
before the date on which the change or termination  is to take place.  Investors
interested in participating in the Automatic Investment Plan should complete the
Automatic Investment Plan portion of the account application.

                              REDEMPTION OF SHARES
GENERAL

         You may redeem your Portfolio shares through your Authorized Dealer, by
mail or by telephone.  All redemptions are made at the NAV next determined after
a redemption  request has been received in good order.  Requests for redemptions
must be received by 3:00 p.m.  Central  time to be processed at the NAV for that
day.  Any  redemption  request in good order  that is  received  after 3:00 p.m.
Central time will be processed at the price determined on the following business
day. If the transfer  agent is requested to redeem  shares for which a Portfolio
has not yet received good payment, the Portfolio may delay payment of redemption
proceeds  until it has assured  itself that good payment has been  collected for
the purchase of the shares. In the case of purchases by check, it can take up to
10 business days to confirm that the check has cleared and good payment has been
received. Redemption proceeds will not be delayed when shares have been paid for
by wire or when the investor's  account holds a sufficient  number of shares for
which funds already have been collected.

     Payment for shares redeemed will ordinarily be made within seven days after
a redemption has been  executed.  Under unusual  circumstances,  a Portfolio may
suspend  redemptions  or  postpone  payment to the extent  permitted  by Federal
securities  laws.  The proceeds of the  redemption  may be more or less than the
purchase price of your shares,  depending upon, among other factors,  the market
value  of the  Portfolio's  securities  at the  time of the  redemption.  If the
redemption is for over  $50,000,  or the proceeds are to be paid or mailed to an
address other than the address of record,  or an address  change has occurred in
the last 15 days, it must be requested in writing with a signature guarantee, as
described below.

         If you are not certain of the  requirements  for a  redemption,  please
contact LifeUSA Shareholder Services at the address or phone number listed under
"Additional Information".

                                      -19-
<PAGE>


THROUGH YOUR AUTHORIZED DEALER

         The  Authorized   Dealer  is  responsible  for  promptly   transmitting
redemption  orders.  Redemptions  requested  by dealers  will be made at the NAV
determined at the close of regular  trading (3:00 p.m.  Central time) on the day
that a redemption request is received in good order by the transfer agent.

BY MAIL

         Requests for  redemption in writing are  considered to be in "proper or
good order" if they contain the following:

           -  A letter of instruction, including the account registration, fund
              number,  the  account  number and the  dollar  amount or number of
              shares to be redeemed.

           -  Signatures of all registered owners whose names appear on the
              account.

           -  Any required signature guarantees.

           -  Other  supporting  legal  documentation,  if required (in the
              case  of  estates,  trusts,  guardianships,   corporations,  
              unincorporated associations,  retirement plan trustees or others 
              acting in  representative capacities).

         The dollar amount or number of shares indicated for redemption must not
exceed  the  available  shares  or NAV of your  account  at the  next-determined
prices. If your request exceeds these limits, then the trade will be rejected in
its entirety.

         Mail your request to LifeUSA Shareholder Services at the address listed
in the section "Additional Information".

BY TELEPHONE

     Investors other than IRA accounts may redeem up to $50,000 per day over the
telephone by contacting LifeUSA Shareholder Services at the number listed in the
section  "Additional  Information".  In  times of  unusual  economic  or  market
changes, the telephone  redemption  privilege may be difficult to implement.  If
you are  unable  to  execute  your  transaction  by  telephone,  you may want to
consider  placing  the order in  writing  and  sending  it by mail or  overnight
courier.

     Checks will be made payable to the current account registration and sent to
the  address  of  record.  If there has been a change of  address in the last 15
days,  please use the  instructions  for  redemption  requests by mail described
above. A signature guarantee will be required.

         Although telephone  redemptions may be a convenient feature, you should
realize that you may be giving up a measure of security  that you may  otherwise
have if you  terminated  the privilege and redeemed your shares in writing.  See
the section "Authorized Telephone Transactions" for more information.

RECEIVING YOUR PROCEEDS BY FEDERAL FUNDS WIRE

     For shareholders who established this feature at the time they opened their
account, telephone instructions will be accepted for redemption of amounts up to
$50,000 ($1,000  minimum) and proceeds will be wired on the next business day to
a predesignated bank account. Wire redemption requests will only be processed on
days your bank,  the transfer  agent,  the Portfolios and Norwest Bank Minnesota
are open for business.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>


         In  order to add this  feature  to an  existing  account  or to  change
existing  bank  account  information,  please  submit a letter  of  instructions
including your bank information to LifeUSA  Shareholder  Services at the address
listed in the section "Additional Information". The letter must be signed by all
registered owners, and their signatures must be guaranteed.

     Your account will be charged a fee of $10 each time redemption proceeds are
wired to your bank.  Your bank may also charge you a fee for receiving a Federal
Funds wire.

         Neither the transfer agent nor any of the Portfolios can be responsible
for the efficiency of the Federal Funds wire system or the shareholder's bank.

OTHER IMPORTANT REDEMPTION INFORMATION

     Redemption  instructions  must be signed by the person(s) in whose name the
shares  are  registered.   For  your  protection,   and  to  prevent  fraudulent
redemptions,  a signature  guarantee must accompany the following requests:

           -    Redemption requests over $50,000.

           -    Requests for redemption proceeds to be sent to someone other 
                than the registerd shareholder.

           -    Requests for  redemption  proceeds to be sent to an address 
                other than the address of record.

           -    Registration transfer requests.

           -    Requests for redemption proceeds to be wired to your bank 
                account (if this option was not selected on your original 
                application, or if you are changing the bank wire information).

     A  signature  guarantee  may be obtained  only from an  eligible  guarantor
institution as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. An eligible guarantor institution includes banks, brokers,  dealers,
municipal  securities  dealers,   government   securities  dealers,   government
securities brokers,  credit unions,  national securities  exchanges,  registered
securities  associations,   clearing  agencies  and  savings  associations.  The
signature guarantee must not be qualified in any way.  Notarizations from notary
publics  are  not the  same  as  signature  guarantees,  and  are not  accepted.
Circumstances   other  than  those  described  above  may  require  a  signature
guarantee.  If the  shares  are held of  record  in the  name of a  corporation,
partnership,  trust or fiduciary, a Portfolio may require additional evidence of
authority  prior to accepting a request for  redemption.  Please contact LifeUSA
Shareholder  Services at the address or phone number  listed  under  "Additional
Information" for more information.

     A Portfolio  shareholder  who  redeems a  Portfolio  account has a one-time
privilege to reinstate  such account by purchasing  Portfolio  shares at the NAV
without the imposition of a sales charge up to the dollar amount  redeemed.  The
reinstatement privilege may be exercised by a written request along with a check
for the amount to be reinstated  to the transfer  agent within 30 days after the
date the request for the  redemption  was accepted by the transfer agent or LSI.
The  reinstatement  will be made at the NAV per share next determined  after the
notice  of  reinstatement  is  received  and  cannot  exceed  the  amount of the
redemption proceeds. Alternatively, the reinstatement privilege may be exercised
through the  shareholder's  Authorized  Dealer within 30 days after the date the
redemption request was accepted by the transfer agent or LSI.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>


         Following  a  redemption  or  transfer  request,  if  the  value  of  a
shareholder's  interest in a Portfolio falls below $500, such Portfolio reserves
the right to redeem such  shareholder's  entire  interest and remit such amount.
Such a redemption will only be effected following:  (a) a redemption or transfer
by a shareholder which causes the value of such  shareholder's  interest in such
Portfolio  to fall  below  $500;  (b) the  mailing  by  such  Portfolio  to such
shareholder of a notice of intention to redeem;  and (c) the passage of at least
six months from the date of such  mailing,  during which time the investor  will
have the  opportunity  to make an  additional  investment  in such  Portfolio to
increase the value of such  investor's  account to at least $500. Each Portfolio
reserves  the  right to impose a  service  charge of $15 per year for  Portfolio
accounts that fall below the $500 level.

                               EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

     The Exchange  Privilege enables  shareholders to purchase,  in exchange for
shares of a Portfolio,  shares of another Portfolio.  Such Portfolio will have a
different  investment  objective from the original Portfolio,  and a shareholder
should  read  the  appropriate  Prospectus  disclosure  before  making  such  an
exchange.  Shareholders may exchange shares of a Portfolio for shares of another
Portfolio  distributed  by LSI provided that the Portfolio  whose shares will be
acquired is duly registered in the state of the shareholder's  residence and the
shareholder otherwise satisfies the Portfolio's purchase requirements. Principal
Preservation  shares purchased  directly by an investor and exchanged for shares
of another  Portfolio will be subject to a sales charge  differential,  which is
the percentage rate of the sales charge of the Portfolio  shares being acquired.
Principal  Preservation Portfolio shares obtained through automatic reinvestment
of dividends and capital gains  distributions will not be charged a sales charge
differential when exchanged into another Portfolio.

     Because excessive trading can hurt Portfolio  performance and shareholders,
there is a limit of four  exchanges out of each  Portfolio per calendar year per
account. Accounts under common ownership or control, including accounts with the
same taxpayer  identification  number,  will be counted together for purposes of
the four exchange  limit.  Each  Portfolio  reserves the right to temporarily or
permanently  terminate  the Exchange  Privilege of any investor who exceeds this
limit.  The limit may be  modified  for certain  retirement  plan  accounts,  as
required by the applicable  plan document  and/or  relevant  Department of Labor
regulations.  Each Portfolio also reserves the right to refuse or limit exchange
purchases by any investor if, in the Adviser's judgment, such Portfolio would be
unable to  invest  the  money  effectively  in  accordance  with its  investment
objectives and policies, or would otherwise potentially be adversely affected.

         Portfolio  shareholders  wishing to  exercise  the  Exchange  Privilege
should notify the  Portfolios in writing or,  provided  such  shareholders  have
authorized a Portfolio to accept telephone  instructions,  by telephone.  At the
time  of the  exchange,  if the  net  asset  value  of the  shares  redeemed  in
connection  with the  exchange is greater  than the  investor's  cost, a taxable
capital gain will be realized. A capital loss will be realized if at the time of
the exchange the net asset value of the shares  redeemed in the exchange is less
than the investor's cost.  Although the Portfolios do not currently charge a fee
for use of the  Exchange  Privilege,  they  reserve  the  right  to do so in the
future.  Each  Portfolio  reserves the right to terminate or modify the Exchange
Privilege in the future.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>


                          AUTHORIZED TELEPHONE TRADING

         Investors  can  transact  account  exchanges  and  redemptions  via the
telephone by completing the Authorized  Telephone Trading section of the account
application.  Investors requesting telephone trading privileges will be provided
with  a  personal   identification   number  ("PIN")  that  must  accompany  any
instructions  by  phone.  Shares  will be  redeemed  or  exchanged  at the  next
determined net asset value. All proceeds must be made payable to the owner(s) of
record and delivered to the address of record.

         In order to confirm that telephone  instructions  for  redemptions  and
exchanges are genuine,  the Portfolios have established  reasonable  procedures,
including  the  requirement  that a  personal  identification  number  accompany
telephone  instructions.  If a Portfolio or the  transfer  agent fails to follow
these procedures, such Portfolio may be liable for losses due to unauthorized or
fraudulent instructions. To the extent these reasonable procedures are followed,
none of the Portfolios,  their transfer  agent, or any affiliated  broker/dealer
will be liable  for any  loss,  injury,  damage,  or  expense  for  acting  upon
telephone  instructions  believed  to be  genuine,  and  will  otherwise  not be
responsible   for  the   authenticity  of  any  telephone   instructions,   and,
accordingly,  the  investor  bears  the risk of loss  resulting  from  telephone
instructions.  All  telephone  redemptions  and exchange  requests  will be tape
recorded.  Telephone  redemptions  are  not  permitted  for  IRA  accounts.  For
redemptions from these accounts,  please contact LifeUSA Shareholder Services at
the address or phone number listed under "Additional Information".

         If you provide your PIN to another,  please be advised that such person
will be able to transact in your account and you will have given up a measure of
security that you may otherwise have by keeping your PIN private.

                         SYSTEMATIC CASH WITHDRAWAL PLAN

         Each Portfolio has available a Systematic  Cash Withdrawal Plan for any
investor  desiring  to follow a program of  systematically  withdrawing  a fixed
amount of money from an  investment  in shares of a Portfolio.  An investment of
$10,000 is  required  to  establish  the plan.  Payments  under the plan will be
monthly or  quarterly  in amounts of $100 or more.  Shares will be sold with the
closing price on the 15th of the applicable month (or the next business day). To
provide  funds  for  payment,  such  Portfolio  will  redeem  as many  full  and
fractional  shares as  necessary  at the  redemption  price,  which is net asset
value.

         Payments under this plan,  unless pursuant to a retirement plan, should
not  be  considered  income.   Withdrawal  payments  may  exceed  dividends  and
distributions  and, to this extent,  there will be a reduction in the investor's
equity.  An investor should also understand that this plan cannot insure profit,
nor  does  it  protect  against  any  loss  in  a  declining   market.   Careful
consideration  should be given to the amount  withdrawn  each  month.  Excessive
withdrawals  could lead to a serious  depletion  of capital,  especially  during
periods of declining market values.

         For more  information or to obtain a Plan  application,  please contact
LifeUSA Funds  Shareholder  Services at the address or phone number listed under
"Additional Information".

                     DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAX STATUS

         The  policy  of  all  Portfolios  other  than  Principal   Preservation
Portfolio is to pay dividends from net  investment  income  semiannually  and to
make  distributions  of realized  capital  gains,  if any,  annually.  Principal
Preservation  Portfolio  will declare daily and pay monthly  dividends  from net
investment  income and will distribute  annually net realized  capital gains, if
any.  However,  provisions in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"),  may result in  additional  net  investment  income and  capital  gains
distributions  by a Portfolio.  When you open an account,  you should specify on
your  application  how you want to receive your  distributions.  The  Portfolios

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

offer  three  options:  Full   Reinvestment--your   dividend  and  capital  gain
distributions  will be  automatically  reinvested  in  additional  shares of the
Portfolio;  Capital Gains Reinvestment--your  capital gain distributions will be
automatically reinvested, but your income dividend distributions will be paid in
cash; and Cash--your  income  dividends and capital gain  distributions  will be
paid in cash.  Distributions  taken in cash can be sent via check or transferred
directly to your account at any bank, savings and loan or credit union that is a
member of the Automated Clearing House (ACH) network.  Unless directed otherwise
by  the  shareholder,  each  Portfolio  will  automatically  reinvest  all  such
distributions  into full and fractional  shares at net asset value,  without the
imposition of a sales charge.

         Each  Portfolio  intends to qualify  for tax  purposes  as a  regulated
investment  company under  Subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue Code during the
current  taxable year. If so qualified,  each  Portfolio  will not be subject to
federal income tax on income that it distributes to its shareholders.

         Distributions  are  subject  to  federal  income  tax,  and may also be
subject to state or local  taxes.  If you live outside the United  States,  your
distributions  could  also be taxed by the  country  in which you  reside.  Your
distributions  are taxable when they are paid,  whether you take them in cash or
reinvest them in additional shares.

         For federal income tax purposes, each Portfolio's income and short-term
capital  gain  distributions  are taxed as  dividends;  long-term  capital  gain
distributions  designated  as  capital  gain  dividends  are taxed as  long-term
capital  gains  regardless  of the length of time the  shareholder  has held the
shares.  Annually, the Adviser will send you and the IRS a statement showing the
amount of each taxable distribution you received in the previous year.

         Upon  redemption  of  shares  of  a  Portfolio,  the  shareholder  will
generally  recognize a capital gain or loss equal to the difference  between the
amount realized on the redemption and the  shareholder's  adjusted basis in such
shares.  Such gain or loss will be  long-term  if the shares  have been held for
more than one year.  Under the Code,  the  deductibility  of  capital  losses is
subject to certain limitations.

         Whenever  you sell shares of a  Portfolio,  the Adviser will send you a
confirmation  statement  showing how many shares you sold and at what price. You
will also receive an account statement quarterly and a consolidated  transaction
statement  annually.  However, it is up to you or your tax preparer to determine
whether this sale resulted in a capital gain and, if so, the amount of tax to be
paid. Be sure to keep your account statements; the information they contain will
be essential in calculating the amount of your capital gains.

         The foregoing relates to federal income taxation as in effect as of the
date of this  Prospectus.  For a more detailed  discussion of the federal income
tax consequences of investing in shares of a Portfolio,  see "Tax Status" in the
Statement of Additional Information.

                             INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE

         From  time  to time  the  Portfolios  may  advertise  performance  data
including monthly,  quarterly, yearly or cumulative total return, average annual
total  return  and yield  figures.  All such  figures  are  based on  historical
earnings  and  performance  and are not  intended  to be  indicative  of  future
performance.  The investment  return on and principal  value of an investment in
the Portfolios will fluctuate,  so that an investor's shares, when redeemed, may
be worth more or less than their original cost.

         Total  return is the change in value of an  investment  in a  Portfolio
over a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
cumulative  total return  reflects  actual  performance  over a stated period of
time. An average annual total return is a  hypothetical  rate of return that, if
achieved  annually,  would have  produced  the same  cumulative  total return if
performance had been constant over the entire period.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

         Yield refers to the income  generated by an  investment  in a Portfolio
over a given period of time,  expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
calculated  according to a standard that is required for all funds. Because this
differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the income
actually paid to shareholders.

         For  additional  information  regarding the  calculation  of such total
return and yield  figures,  see  "Investment  Performance"  in the  Statement of
Additional  Information.  Further  information  about  the  performance  of  the
Portfolios  will be contained in the  Portfolios'  annual report to shareholders
which, when available, may be obtained without charge from the Portfolios.

         Comparative  performance  information  may be used from time to time in
advertising or marketing a Portfolio's shares, including data on the performance
of other mutual  funds,  indexes or averages of other mutual  funds,  indexes of
related  financial  assets or data, and other  competing  investment and deposit
products available from or through other financial institutions. The composition
of these  indexes,  averages or products  differs from that of a Portfolio.  The
comparison  of a  Portfolio  to an  alternative  investment  should be made with
consideration of differences in features and expected  performance.  A Portfolio
may also note its mention in newspapers,  magazines, or other media from time to
time. A Portfolio assumes no  responsibility  for the accuracy of such data. For
additional  information on the types of indexes,  averages and periodicals  that
might be utilized by a Portfolio in advertising  and sales  literature,  see the
section "Investment Performance" in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                RETIREMENT PLANS

         Shares of the Portfolios may be an appropriate investment medium for an
Individual  Retirement  Account  ("IRA").  Persons  desiring  information  about
establishing an IRA should contact LifeUSA  Shareholder  Services at the address
or phone  number  listed under  "Additional  Information".  The minimum  initial
investment to establish an IRA account is $2,000,  as long as at least $1,000 is
allocated  to any one  Portfolio.  All  retirement  plans  involve  a  long-term
commitment  of  assets  and  are  subject  to  various  legal  requirements  and
restrictions.  The  legal  and  tax  implications  may  vary  according  to  the
circumstances of the individual  investor.  Therefore,  you are urged to consult
with an attorney or tax advisor prior to the establishment of such a plan.

                           DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

         All  shares of each  Portfolio  have  equal  rights  as to  redemption,
dividends and liquidation,  and will be fully paid and nonassessable when issued
and will have no preemptive or conversion rights.

         The shares of each Portfolio have  noncumulative  voting rights,  which
means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of
directors  can  elect  100% of the  directors  if they  choose to do so. On some
issues,  such as the election of directors,  all shares of each corporation vote
together as one series. On an issue affecting only a particular series,  such as
voting on the advisory agreement, only the approval of the series is required to
make the agreement effective with respect to such series.

         Annual or periodically  scheduled regular meetings of shareholders will
not be held  except  as  required  by law.  Minnesota  corporation  law does not
require an annual  meeting;  instead,  it provides for the Board of Directors to
convene  shareholder  meetings  when it deems  appropriate.  In  addition,  if a
regular  meeting  of  shareholders  has not been  held  during  the  immediately
preceding  fifteen  months,  shareholders  holding  three percent or more of the
voting shares of a Portfolio  may demand a regular  meeting of  shareholders  of
such Portfolio by written notice of demand given to the chief executive  officer
or the chief  financial  officer of such  Portfolio.  Within  thirty  days after
receipt of the demand by one of those  officers,  the Board of  Directors  shall
cause a regular  meeting  of  shareholders  to be called  and held no later than
ninety days after receipt of the demand,  all at the expense of such  Portfolio.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

An annual meeting will be held on the removal of a director or directors of such
Portfolio  if  requested  in  writing  by  holders  of not less  than 10% of the
outstanding shares of such Portfolio.

         The shares of each  Portfolio  are  transferable  by  delivery  to such
Portfolio of transfer instructions. Transfer instructions should be delivered to
LifeUSA   Shareholder   Services  at  the  address   listed  under   "Additional
Information".  Each Portfolio is not bound to recognize any transfer until it is
recorded on the stock transfer books maintained by such Portfolio.

                              COUNSEL AND AUDITORS

         The firm of Dorsey & Whitney LLP, 220 South Sixth Street,  Minneapolis,
MN 55402, provides legal counsel for the Portfolios. KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, 4200
Norwest Center,  Minneapolis,  MN 55402, serves as independent  auditors for the
Portfolios.

             CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

         The  Custodian  for each  Portfolio  is Norwest Bank  Minnesota,  N.A.,
Norwest Center, Sixth and Marquette,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota 55479. The Adviser
acts as each Portfolio's  transfer agent and dividend  disbursing agent, at P.O.
Box ___ , Minneapolis, MN _____ .

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     LifeUSA Funds  Shareholder  Services is available to respond to shareholder
inquiries  Monday through  Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.  central time. Its
phone number is  _________ . To contact  LifeUSA  Shareholder  Services by mail,
please write "LifeUSA Shareholder Services, P.O. Box ___ , Minneapolis, MN _____
 ." Overnight  deliveries should be addressed to "LifeUSA  Shareholder  Services,
3700 First Bank Place, 601 Second Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55402".

         Each Portfolio will send to its shareholders a six-month  unaudited and
an annual audited financial report,  each of which includes a list of investment
securities held. To reduce the volume of mail you receive, only one copy of most
Portfolio reports,  such as the Portfolio's Annual Report, may be mailed to your
household  (same surname,  same address).  Please  contact  LifeUSA  Shareholder
Services if you wish to receive additional shareholder reports.

         In the opinion of the staff of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,
the use of this combined  prospectus  may possibly  subject all  Portfolios to a
certain  amount of  liability  for any losses  arising out of any  statement  or
omission in this Prospectus regarding a particular Portfolio.  In the opinion of
the  Portfolios'  management,  however,  the  risk  of  such  liability  is  not
materially increased by use of a combined prospectus.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>



                                    APPENDIX


PORTFOLIO SECURITIES AND OTHER INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES
OF UNDERLYING FUNDS

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

         Each  Fund  may  invest  in  repurchase   agreements  relating  to  the
securities  in which it may invest.  In a  repurchase  agreement,  a Fund buys a
security  at one  price  and  simultaneously  agrees to sell it back at a higher
price.  Delays  or losses  could  result  if the  other  party to the  agreement
defaults or becomes bankrupt.

BORROWING

         Each  Fund  may  borrow  from  banks  (or  through  reverse  repurchase
agreements) for temporary or emergency  purposes.  If a Fund borrows money,  its
share price may be subject to greater  fluctuation  until the  borrowing is paid
off. If a Fund makes  additional  investments  while borrowings are outstanding,
this may be considered a form of leverage.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

         Each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in securities that are
considered  illiquid because of the absence of a readily available market or due
to legal or  contractual  restrictions  (except  Developing  Countries and Money
Market  Funds,  each of which  may  invest  up to 10% of its net  assets in such
securities).  However, certain restricted securities that are not registered for
sale to the general public but that can be resold to institutional investors may
be considered  liquid pursuant to guidelines  adopted by the Board of Directors.
The  institutional  trading  market is relatively  new, and the liquidity of the
Fund's investments could be impaired if trading does not develop or declines.

FOREIGN SECURITIES

         Each Fund may invest in  securities  of foreign  issuers in  accordance
with its investment  objective and policies.  In considering whether to purchase
securities  of foreign  issuers,  the Adviser will  consider the  political  and
economic  conditions in a country,  the prospect for changes in the value of its
currency  and the  liquidity  of the  investment  in that  country's  securities
markets. Each of Growth and Income, Emerging Growth, Midcap Growth, Regional and
Value Funds  currently  intends to limit its  investment  in foreign  securities
denominated in foreign  currency and not publicly traded in the United States to
no more than 10% of the value of its total assets. Each of Capital  Appreciation
Fund and Growth Fund intends to limit its  investment  in such  securities to no
more than 15% of the value of its total assets.

         Government Fund may also invest in non-U.S.  Government bonds and other
fixed income securities including fixed income securities issued by corporations
and foreign entities,  whether  dollar-denominated  or not, securities issued or
guaranteed  by one or  more  foreign  governments  or  any  of  their  political
subdivisions,  agencies or  instrumentalities,  and obligations of supranational
entities, that are rated within the four highest grades by Moody's or S&P or are
determined by the Adviser to be of  comparable  quality.  For a  description  of
Moody's  and  S&P  ratings,  see  Appendix  A to  the  Statement  of  Additional
Information.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>


         Bond Fund may invest in securities  issued by foreign issuers,  whether
dollar-denominated  or not, including  securities issued or guaranteed by one or
more foreign  governments or any of their  political  subdivisions,  agencies or
instrumentalities,  including  obligations of supranational  entities,  that are
determined by the Adviser to be of comparable  quality to the other  obligations
in which Bond Fund may  invest.  Bond Fund  currently  intends to invest no more
than 25% of the value of its total assets in non-dollar  denominated  securities
of foreign issuers.

VENTURE CAPITAL

         Each equity fund may invest in venture capital limited partnerships and
venture capital funds which, in turn, invest  principally in securities of early
stage, developing companies. Investments in venture capital limited partnerships
and venture  capital  funds  present a number of risks not found in investing in
established  enterprises including the facts that such a partnership's or fund's
portfolio will be composed  almost  entirely of early-stage  companies which may
lack depth of management and sufficient resources,  which may be marketing a new
product for which there is no  established  market,  and which may be subject to
intense  competition from larger companies.  Any investment in a venture capital
limited  partnership  or  venture  capital  fund  will lack  liquidity,  will be
difficult  to  value,  and a Fund will not be  entitled  to  participate  in the
management  of the  partnership  or fund.  If for any reason the services of the
general  partners  of a  venture  capital  limited  partnership  were to  become
unavailable, such limited partnership could be adversely affected.

         In addition to investing in venture  capital limited  partnerships  and
venture  capital funds, a Fund may directly  invest in  early-stage,  developing
companies.   The  risks  associated  with  investing  in  these  securities  are
substantially  similar  to the  risks  set forth  above.  A Fund will  typically
purchase equity securities in these early-stage,  developing companies;  however
from time to time, a Fund may purchase  non-investment  grade debt securities in
the form of convertible  notes.  Capital  Appreciation Fund currently intends to
limit its investments in securities described in this section to no more than 5%
of its net assets.

LEVERAGED BUYOUTS

         Each  domestic  equity  fund may  invest in  leveraged  buyout  limited
partnerships and funds which, in turn,  invest in leveraged buyout  transactions
("LBOs").  An LBO,  generally,  is an acquisition  of an existing  business by a
newly formed corporation financed largely with debt assumed by such newly formed
corporation to be later repaid with funds  generated from the acquired  company.
Since most LBOs are by nature highly  leveraged  (typically  with debt to equity
ratios of  approximately  9 to 1),  equity  investments  in LBOs may  appreciate
substantially  in value given only modest growth in the earnings or cash flow of
the acquired  business.  Investments  in LBO  partnerships  and funds,  however,
present a number of risks.  Investments  in LBO limited  partnerships  and funds
will normally  lack  liquidity  and may be subject to intense  competition  from
other LBO limited partnerships and funds. Additionally,  if the cash flow of the
acquired company is insufficient to service the debt assumed in the LBO, the LBO
limited  partnership  or fund could lose all or part of its  investment  in such
acquired company.

ADJUSTING INVESTMENT EXPOSURE

     Each Fund, other than IAI Money Market Fund, can use various  techniques to
increase or decrease its exposure to changing  security prices,  interest rates,
currency exchange rates, commodity prices, or other factors that affect security
values.  These  techniques  include  buying  and  selling  options  and  futures
contracts,  entering  into  currency  exchange  contracts  or  swap  agreements,
purchasing indexed securities,  and selling securities short.  Because some Fund
assets may be invested in restricted  securities  and thus may not be associated
with  short-term  movement in the  financial  markets,  that portion of a Fund's
assets may not be able to participate in market movements.  Each Fund may invest
in  futures  contracts  in  amounts  corresponding  to its  investments  in such
restricted securities in order to participate fully in market movements.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>


TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITIONS

     In  unusual  market  conditions,  when the  Adviser  believes  a  temporary
defensive  position is  warranted,  each Fund may invest  without  limitation in
investment-grade  fixed income securities,  that is, securities rated within the
four highest grades assigned by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. or Standard &
Poor's   Corporation,   or  money  market   securities   (including   repurchase
agreements).  Money market  securities  will only be purchased if they have been
given one of the two top ratings by a major ratings service or, if unrated,  are
of comparable  quality as  determined by the Adviser.  Midcap Growth and Capital
Appreciation Funds, for temporary  defensive  purposes,  may also invest without
limitation in common stocks of larger,  more  established  companies.  If a Fund
maintains a temporary defensive position, investment income may increase and may
constitute a large portion of a Fund's return.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS

         In addition to investing in such  securities  directly,  International,
Developing  Countries and Latin  America  Funds may invest in the  securities of
foreign  issuers in the form of sponsored and  unsponsored  American  Depositary
Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs), Global Depositary Receipts
(GDRs) or other  securities  convertible  into  securities  of foreign  issuers.
Generally,  such  securities  evidence  ownership of and may be  converted  into
securities  issued  by  a  foreign  corporation.   The  issuers  of  unsponsored
depository  receipts are not obligated to disclose  material  information in the
United  States,  and  therefore,  there may not be a  correlation  between  such
information and the market value of such securities.

FOREIGN INDEX LINKED INSTRUMENTS

         International,  Developing Countries and Latin America Funds may invest
in instruments  issued by the U.S. or a foreign government or by private issuers
that return  principal  and/or pay interest to  investors  in amounts  which are
linked  to the  level of a  particular  foreign  index  ("Foreign  Index  Linked
Instruments").  Foreign  Index Linked  Instruments  may offer higher yields than
comparable  securities  linked to purely  domestic  indexes but also may be more
volatile. Foreign Index Linked Instruments are relatively recent innovations for
which  the  market  has not yet been  fully  developed  and,  accordingly,  they
typically are less liquid than comparable  securities  linked to purely domestic
indexes.  In addition,  the value of Foreign  Index Linked  Instruments  will be
affected by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates or in foreign interest rates.
Foreign  currency  gains  and  losses  with  respect  to  Foreign  Index  Linked
Instruments may affect the amount and timing of income recognized by such Fund.

BRADY BONDS

         International,  Developing Countries and Latin America Funds may invest
in Brady  Bonds and other  sovereign  debt  securities  of  countries  that have
restructured or are in the process of  restructuring  sovereign debt pursuant to
the Brady Plan.  Brady Bonds are debt  securities  issued under the framework of
the Brady Plan, a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure  their outstanding
external  indebtedness.   Brady  Bonds  have  been  issued  only  recently  and,
accordingly, do not have a long payment history.

                                      A-4

<PAGE>


ZERO COUPON SECURITIES

         Each Fund may invest in zero coupon  securities.  Such  securities  are
debt obligations  which do not entitle the holder to periodic  interest payments
prior to  maturity  and are  issued  and  traded at a  discount  from their face
amounts.  The discount  varies  depending on the time remaining  until maturity,
prevailing  interest rates,  liquidity of the security and the perceived  credit
quality of the  issuer.  Zero coupon  securities  can be sold prior to their due
date in the secondary market at the  then-prevailing  market value which depends
primarily on the time remaining to maturity, prevailing levels of interest rates
and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero coupon
securities  are more volatile than the market prices of securities of comparable
quality and similar maturity that pay interest periodically and may respond to a
greater degree to  fluctuations  in interest rates than do such non-zero  coupon
securities.

CLOSED-END INVESTMENT COMPANIES

         A number of countries  have  authorized  the  formation  of  closed-end
investment  companies to facilitate indirect foreign investment in their capital
markets. International,  Developing Countries and Latin America Funds may invest
up to 10% of its total assets in securities of closed-end  investment companies.
Shares of certain closed-end  investment companies may at times be acquired only
at market prices  representing  premiums to their net asset values. In the event
that shares  acquired  at a premium  subsequently  decline in price  relative to
their  net  asset  value or the  value  of  portfolio  investments  held by such
closed-end  companies  declines,  a Fund and its  shareholders  may experience a
loss.  If a Fund  acquires  shares  of  closed-end  investment  companies,  Fund
shareholders would bear both their  proportionate share of expenses in such Fund
(including  management and advisory fees) and, indirectly,  the expenses of such
closed-end companies.

WHEN-ISSUED/DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS

     The  Funds  may  purchase   portfolio   securities  on  a  when-issued   or
delayed-delivery  basis.  When-issued  and  delayed-delivery   transactions  are
trading  practices wherein payment for and delivery of the securities take place
at a future  date.  The market  value of a security  could  change  during  this
period, which could affect the market value of the Fund's assets.

BELOW INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES

         Latin America,  Developing  Countries,  Bond and Reserve Funds may also
invest in below  investment  grade  securities.  Such  securities  are  commonly
referred to as junk bonds.  Each of Bond and Reserve Funds currently  intends to
limit such investments to 15% and 10%, respectively, of its total assets and not
to invest in junk bonds rated lower than B by Moody's or S&P.  Latin America and
Developing  Countries  Funds do not  currently  intend to invest more than 5% of
their net assets in junk bonds.  Securities  rated in the medium to lower rating
of categories of nationally  recognized  statistical  rating  organizations  and
unrated  securities of comparable  quality are  predominately  speculative  with
respect to the capacity to pay interest and repay  principal in accordance  with
the terms of the security and  generally  involve a greater  volatility of price
than securities in higher rating  categories.  See Appendix A to and "Investment
Objectives  and  Policies"  in  the  Statement  of  Additional  Information  for
additional information regarding ratings of debt securities.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>


FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

         The value of the assets of a Fund as measured in United States  dollars
or a foreign currency or currencies may be affected  favorably or unfavorably by
changes in foreign currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations, and
each  Fund may  incur  costs in  connection  with  conversions  between  various
currencies.  Each Fund will conduct its foreign currency  exchange  transactions
either on a spot (i.e.,  cash) basis at the spot rate  prevailing in the foreign
currency  exchange  market,  or through  forward  contracts  to purchase or sell
foreign  currencies.  A forward foreign currency  exchange  contract involves an
obligation to purchase or sell a specific  currency at a future date,  which may
be any fixed  number of days from the date of the  contract  agreed  upon by the
parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.  These contracts are traded
directly between  currency  traders  (usually large commercial  banks) and their
customers.

         Each Fund may enter into  foreign  currency  transactions  for  hedging
purposes  only and may not  speculate on the  fluctuations  of foreign  currency
exchange rates.  Each Fund may hedge against adverse changes in foreign currency
exchange  rates between the trade and  settlement  dates with respect to foreign
securities it is purchasing or during the holding period with respect to foreign
securities  in  its  portfolio.  With  respect  to  foreign  securities  in  its
portfolio,  each Fund may hedge a maximum of 50% of the value of its  investment
portfolio  by  establishing  the  value  of such  securities  in  U.S.  dollars.
Additionally,  each  Fund  may  hedge  a  maximum  of 25% of  the  value  of its
investment  portfolio by  establishing  the value of such  securities in another
foreign  currency or  currencies  which IAI  believes to be more stable than the
currencies in which such securities are denominated.

         When a Fund  enters  into a  contract  for  the  purchase  or sale of a
security denominated in a foreign currency,  it may desire to establish the cost
or proceeds in U.S.  dollars or another  foreign  currency.  By entering  into a
forward  contract  in such  currency  for the  purchase or sale of the amount of
foreign currency involved in an underlying security investment, the Fund is able
to protect itself against a possible loss between trade and settlement  dates of
a  transaction  or during  the  period of an  investment  in a foreign  security
resulting  from  an  adverse  change  in  the  relationship   between  such  two
currencies. However, this tends to limit potential gains which might result from
a  positive  change in such  currency  relationships.  A Fund may also hedge its
foreign currency  exchange rate risk by engaging in currency  financial  futures
and options and forward foreign currency transactions.

         When the Adviser  believes  that the currency of a  particular  foreign
country may suffer a  substantial  decline  against  the U.S.  dollar or another
foreign  currency,  it may enter  into a forward  contract  to sell an amount of
foreign  currency  approximating  the value of some or all of a Fund's portfolio
securities  denominated in such foreign currency.  The forecasting of short-term
currency  market  movement  is  difficult  and  the  successful  execution  of a
short-term hedging strategy is uncertain.

         It is impossible  to forecast with absolute  precision the market value
of portfolio securities at the expiration of a contract.  Accordingly, it may be
necessary  for a Fund to  purchase  additional  currency on the spot market (and
bear the expense of such  purchase)  if the market value of the security is less
than the amount of foreign  currency  the Fund is  obligated  to deliver  when a
decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign  currency
in settlement of a forward contract.  Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on
the spot  market  some of the  foreign  currency  received  upon the sale of the
portfolio  security if its market value  exceeds the amount of foreign  currency
the Fund is obligated to deliver.

         If a Fund retains the  portfolio  security and engages in an offsetting
transaction,  the Fund will incur a gain or a loss (as  described  below) to the
extent  that there has been  movement  in  forward  contract  prices.  If a Fund
engages  in an  offsetting  transaction,  it may  subsequently  enter into a new
forward  contract to sell the foreign  currency.  Should  forward prices decline
during the period  between the Fund's  entering into a forward  contract for the
sale of foreign currency and the date it enters into an offsetting  contract for
the  purchase  of the  foreign  currency,  the Fund would  realize a gain to the
extent the price of the  currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the

                                      A-6

<PAGE>

currency it has agreed to purchase.  Should  forward prices  increase,  the Fund
would  suffer a loss to the  extent the price of the  currency  it has agreed to
purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.  Although such
contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the
hedged  currency,  they also tend to limit any potential gain which might result
should the value of such  currency  increase.  A Fund will have to  convert  its
holdings of foreign  currencies  into U.S.  dollars from time to time.  Although
foreign exchange  dealers do not charge a fee for conversion,  they do realize a
profit based on the difference  (the "spread")  between the prices at which they
are buying and selling various currencies.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH UNDERLYING FUNDS

INTEREST RATE RISK

         The fixed income funds are subject to interest rate risk. Interest rate
risk is the potential for a decline in bond prices due to rising interest rates.
In general,  bond prices vary inversely with interest rates. When interest rates
rise,  bond prices  generally fall.  Conversely,  when interest rates fall, bond
prices generally rise. The change in price depends on several factors, including
the bond's  maturity  date. In general,  bonds with longer  maturities  are more
sensitive to changes in interest  rates than bonds with shorter  maturities.  In
managing  these Funds,  the Adviser  will adjust the duration of the  investment
portfolio in response to economic and market  conditions.  Duration is generally
considered a better measure of interest rate risk than is maturity.  Duration is
a  measure  of the  expected  change  in value of a fixed  income  security  (or
portfolio) for a given change in interest rates. For example,  if interest rates
rise by one  percent,  the market value of a security  (or  portfolio)  having a
duration  of two  generally  will fall by  approximately  two  percent.  In some
situations,  the standard  duration  calculation  does not properly  reflect the
interest rate risk of a security. In such situations,  the Adviser will use more
sophisticated  analytical  techniques,  such as modeling  principal and interest
payments based upon historical  experience or expected volatility,  to arrive at
an effective  duration  that  incorporates  the  additional  variables  into the
determination of interest rate risk.  These techniques may involve  estimates of
future economic  parameters  which may vary from actual future  outcomes.  These
principals of interest rate risk also apply to U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government
agency securities.  As with other bond investments,  U.S. Government  securities
will rise and fall in value as interest rates change.  A security  backed by the
U.S.  Treasury or the full faith and credit of the United  States is  guaranteed
only as to the timely  payment of interest and principal  when held to maturity.
The  current  market  prices for such  securities  are not  guaranteed  and will
fluctuate.

CREDIT RISK

         The fixed income  funds are also  subject to credit risk.  Credit risk,
also known as default risk, is the  possibility  that a bond issuer will fail to
make timely  payments of interest or principal  to a Fund.  The credit risk of a
Fund depends on the quality of its  investments.  Reflecting their higher risks,
lower-quality  bonds  generally  offer higher  yields (all other  factors  being
equal).

CALL RISK

         The fixed income funds are also subject to call risk.  Call risk is the
possibility  that  corporate  bonds  held by a Fund  will  be  repaid  prior  to
maturity. Call provisions,  common in many corporate bonds held by a Fund, allow
bond  issuers to redeem  bonds prior to maturity  (at a specified  price).  When
interest rates are falling,  bond issuers often exercise these call  provisions,
paying off bonds that carry high  stated  interest  rates and often  issuing new
bonds at lower  rates.  For a Fund,  the  result  would be that  bonds with high
interest   rates  are  "called"  and  must  be  replaced   with   lower-yielding
instruments. In these circumstances, the income of a Fund would decline.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>


RISKS OF LOWER-RATED DEBT SECURITIES

     Latin America,  Developing Countries,  Bond and Reserve Funds may invest in
debt securities  commonly known as "junk" bonds.  Such securities are subject to
higher  risks  and  greater  market   fluctuations   than  are   lower-yielding,
higher-rated  securities.  The  price of junk  bonds  has been  found to be less
sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates than higher-rated investments,
but is likely to be more  sensitive to adverse  economic  changes or  individual
corporate  developments.  During an economic  downturn or substantial  period of
rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience  financial stress
which would  adversely  affect  their  ability to service  their  principal  and
interest  payment  obligations,  to meet their  projected  business  goals or to
obtain additional financing.  If the issuers of a fixed-income security owned by
a Fund were to default, a Fund might incur additional expenses to seek recovery.
The  risk of loss due to  default  by  issuers  of junk  bonds is  significantly
greater  than  that  associated  with  higher-rated   securities   because  such
securities  generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior
payment of senior indebtedness. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and
change can be expected to result in an increased  volatility of market prices of
junk bonds and a  concomitant  volatility in the net asset value of a share of a
Fund.

         The secondary market for junk bonds is less liquid than the markets for
higher quality securities and, as such, may have an adverse effect on the market
prices of  certain  securities.  The  limited  liquidity  of the market may also
adversely  affect the  ability  of a Fund to arrive at a fair value for  certain
junk  bonds at  certain  times and could  make it  difficult  for a Fund to sell
certain securities. For a description of Moody's and S&P ratings, see Appendix A
to the Statement of Additional Information.

GENERAL FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK FACTORS

         Investments in foreign  securities  involve risks that are different in
some respects from investments in securities of U.S.  issuers,  such as the risk
of  fluctuations  in the value of the currencies in which they are  denominated,
the risk of adverse  political  and economic  developments  and, with respect to
certain  countries,   the  possibility  of  expropriation,   nationalization  or
confiscatory  taxation or limitations on the removal of funds or other assets of
a Fund.  Securities of some foreign  companies are less liquid and more volatile
than  securities  of  comparable  domestic  companies.  There  also  may be less
publicly available  information about foreign issuers than domestic issuers, and
foreign issuers  generally are not subject to the uniform  accounting,  auditing
and financial  reporting  standards,  practices and  requirements  applicable to
domestic issuers.  Because a Fund can invest in securities denominated or quoted
in currencies other than the U.S. dollar,  changes in foreign currency  exchange
rates may affect the value of  securities  in the  portfolio.  Foreign  currency
exchange  rates are  determined  by forces of supply and  demand in the  foreign
exchange markets and other economic and financial conditions affecting the world
economy.  A decline in the value of any  particular  currency  against  the U.S.
dollar  will cause a decline in the U.S.  dollar  value of a Fund's  holdings of
securities  denominated in such currency and,  therefore,  will cause an overall
decline in a Fund's net asset value and net investment income and capital gains,
if any, to be distributed in U.S. dollars to shareholders by a Fund.  Delays may
be encountered in settling  securities  transactions in certain foreign markets,
and the Fund will incur costs in converting foreign currencies into U.S dollars.
Custody charges are generally higher for foreign securities.

FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK FACTORS:
DEVELOPING COUNTRIES FUND AND LATIN AMERICA FUND

         Developing  Countries  Fund and Latin  America  Fund are  designed  for
aggressive  investors  interested  in the  investment  opportunities  offered in
developing  countries.   To  the  extent  that  International  Fund  invests  in
developing  countries,  the Fund may be subject to  additional  risk.  While the
Adviser believes that investing in developing countries presents the possibility
for significant  growth over the long-term,  it also entails  significant risks.
Many investments in developing countries can be considered speculative,  and the
price of securities  and value of  currencies  can be much more volatile than in
the more developed markets.  This difference reflects the greater  uncertainties
of investing in less established markets and economies.


                                      A-8
<PAGE>

         Investing in foreign  securities  typically  involves  additional risks
than investing in securities of U.S.  issuers.  These risks are often heightened
for investments in developing countries and include, but are not limited to, the
risk  of  fluctuations  in the  value  of  the  currencies  in  which  they  are
denominated,  including the  devaluation  of the  currencies  of such  countries
relative  to the  U.S.  dollar,  the  risk of  adverse  political  and  economic
developments   and  the  possibility  of   expropriation,   nationalization   or
confiscatory  taxation or limitations on the removal of funds or other assets of
the Funds. Additionally,  the economies of many developing countries continue to
experience  significant problems,  including high inflation rates, high interest
rates,  large external debt and continuing trade deficits and are  characterized
by extreme poverty,  high  unemployment and a significant  dependence on limited
industries. Because the Funds will invest in securities denominated or quoted in
currencies  other than the U.S.  dollar,  changes in foreign  currency  exchange
rates may affect the value of  securities  in the  portfolio.  Foreign  currency
exchange  rates are  determined  by forces of supply and  demand in the  foreign
exchange markets and other economic and financial conditions affecting the world
economy.  A decline in the value of any  particular  currency  against  the U.S.
dollar  will cause a decline in the U.S.  dollar  value of a Fund's  holdings of
securities  denominated in such currency and,  therefore,  will cause an overall
decline in a Fund's net asset value and net investment income and capital gains,
if any, to be distributed in U.S.  dollars to shareholders by such Fund. In many
developing  countries,  there is less  government  supervision and regulation of
business and industry practices,  stock exchanges,  brokers and listed companies
than in the  United  States.  In  addition,  there  also  may be  less  publicly
available  information about foreign issuers than domestic issuers,  and foreign
issuers  generally  are not  subject to the  uniform  accounting,  auditing  and
financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to domestic
issuers.  The foreign  securities  markets of many of the countries in which the
Funds may invest may also be smaller,  less liquid and subject to greater  price
volatility than those in the United States. As an open-end  investment  company,
each  Fund  is  limited  in the  extent  to  which  it may  invest  in  illiquid
securities. Further, the Funds may encounter difficulties or be unable to pursue
legal remedies and obtain judgments in foreign courts.  These factors could make
foreign investments, especially those in developing countries, more volatile.

         Brokerage commissions,  custodial services, and other costs relating to
investment  in foreign  countries  and  developing  markets are  generally  more
expensive than in the United States.  Such markets have different  clearance and
settlement  procedures  and in  certain  markets  there  have  been  times  when
settlements  have  been  unable  to keep  pace  with the  volume  of  securities
transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The inability of
a Fund to make intended  security  purchases due to  settlement  problems  could
cause  such  Fund to miss  attractive  investment  opportunities.  Inability  to
dispose of a portfolio  security due to settlement  problems could result either
in  losses  to a Fund due to  subsequent  declines  in  value  of the  portfolio
security or, if a Fund has entered into a contract to sell the  security,  could
result in possible liability to the purchaser.

         Several countries restrict, to varying degrees,  foreign investments in
their securities markets.  Government and private restrictions take a variety of
forms,  including (a)  limitations on the amount of funds that may be introduced
into or repatriated from the country  (including  limitations on repatriation of
investment   income  and  capital  gains);   (b)   prohibitions  or  substantial
restrictions on foreign investment in certain industries or market sectors, such
as defense,  energy and transportation;  (c) restrictions  (whether contained in
the  charter of an  individual  company or mandated  by the  government)  on the
percentage  of  securities  of a single  issuer  which may be owned by a foreign
investor;  (d) limitations on the types of securities  which a foreign  investor
may purchase;  and (e)  restrictions on a foreign  investor's right to invest in
companies whose securities are not publicly traded. In some circumstances, these
restrictions  may limit or  preclude  investment  in  certain  countries  or may
increase the cost of investing in securities of particular companies.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>


     A Fund's  interest and dividend  income from foreign issuers may be subject
to non-U.S.  withholding  taxes.  A Fund also may be subject to taxes on trading
profits or on transfers of securities in some countries. The imposition of these
taxes will increase the cost to a Fund of investing in any country imposing such
taxes. For U.S. tax purposes,  U.S.  shareholders may be entitled to a credit or
deduction  to the extent of any  foreign  income  taxes  paid by such Fund.  See
"Dividends, Distributions and Tax Status."

     Each Fund may purchase  sovereign debt instruments  issued or guaranteed by
foreign  governments  or their  agencies.  Sovereign  debt may be in the form of
conventional securities or other types of debt instruments such as loans or loan
participations. The sovereign debt in which a Fund may invest may involve a high
degree of risk, including the risk of default. Governmental entities responsible
for  repayment  of the debt may be unable or unwilling  to repay  principal  and
interest  when due,  and may  require  renegotiations  or  rescheduling  of debt
payments.  In addition,  prospects  for  repayment of principal and interest may
depend  on  political  as well as  economic  factors.  A Fund may  have  limited
recourse in the event of default on a sovereign debt instrument.

     Many of the  currencies of developing  countries  have  experienced  steady
devaluations   relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,   and  major  devaluations  have
historically  occurred in certain  countries.  Devaluations in the currencies in
which a Fund's  portfolio  securities  are  denominated  may have a  detrimental
impact on such Fund. Some developing  countries also may have managed currencies
which are not free floating  against the U.S.  dollar.  In addition,  there is a
risk that certain developing countries may restrict the free conversion of their
currencies into other currencies.  Further, the currencies of certain developing
countries may not be internally traded.

     Many developing countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods
extremely  high,  rates  of  inflation  for  many  years.  Inflation  and  rapid
fluctuations  in inflation rates have had and may continue to have very negative
effects on the economies and securities markets of certain developing countries.
The  governments  of many  developing  countries  have exercised and continue to
exercise  a  significant  influence  over many  aspects of the  private  sector.
Government  actions  concerning  the economy could have a significant  effect on
market  conditions  and  prices  and/or  yields  of  securities  in which a Fund
invests.

     In some countries,  the securities of banks or other financial institutions
are among the most actively  traded  securities.  Each Fund is restricted in its
ability to invest in  securities  of an issuer  which,  in its most recent year,
derived more than 15% of its revenues from "securities  related  activities," as
defined by the rules under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

RISKS OF TRANSACTIONS IN DERIVATIVES

         The  Adviser  may use  futures,  options,  swap and  currency  exchange
agreements as well as short sales to adjust the risk and return  characteristics
of a Fund's  portfolio of investments.  If the Adviser judges market  conditions
incorrectly  or employs a strategy  that does not  correlate  well with a Fund's
investments,  use of these  techniques  could  result in a loss,  regardless  of
whether  the  intent  was to  reduce  risk  or  increase  return.  Use of  these
techniques  may  increase  the  volatility  of a Fund  and may  involve  a small
investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risk assumed. In addition, these
techniques  could result in a loss if the  counterparty  to the  transaction  is
unable to perform  as  promised.  Moreover,  a liquid  secondary  market for any
futures  or  options  contract  may not be  available  when a futures or options
position is sought to be closed.  Please refer to the  Statement  of  Additional
Information which further describes these risks.

                                     A-10
<PAGE>


PREPAYMENT RISKS

Government  Fund  is  subject  to  prepayment  risk.   Prepayment  risk  is  the
possibility  that,  as  interest  rates  fall,  homeowners  are more  likely  to
refinance  their  home  mortgages.  When  home  mortgages  are  refinanced,  the
principal  on GNMA  certificates  held by the  Fund is  "prepaid"  earlier  than
expected.  Government Fund must then reinvest the unanticipated principal in new
GNMA  certificates,  just  at  a  time  when  interest  rates  on  new  mortgage
investments are falling.

         Prepayment risk has two important effects on Government Fund:

         -   When interest rates fall and additional mortgage prepayments must
             be reinvested at lower  interest  rates,  the income of Government
             Fund will be reduced.

         -   When interest rates fall, prices on GNMA securities will not rise
             as much as comparable  Treasury  bonds,  as bond market  investors
             anticipate  an  increase  in  mortgage  prepayments  and a  likely
             decline in income.

SPECIAL RISK FACTORS ASSOCIATED WITH INVESTING IN SMALL COMPANIES

Investing  in  small  companies   involves  greater  risk  than  is  customarily
associated with  investments in larger,  more  established  companies due to the
greater business risks of small size,  limited markets and financial  resources,
narrow  product  lines  and  the  frequent  lack of  depth  of  management.  The
securities of small companies are often traded  over-the-counter  and may not be
traded in volumes typical on a national securities exchange.  Consequently,  the
securities  of small  companies  may have limited  market  stability  and may be
subject to more abrupt or erratic market  movements  than  securities of larger,
more established growth companies or the market averages in general.  Therefore,
shares of Capital  Appreciation Fund are subject to greater fluctuation in value
than shares of a  conservative  equity  fund or of a growth  fund which  invests
entirely in more  established  growth  stocks.  Capital  Appreciation  Fund will
attempt  to  reduce  the  volatility  of its  share  price by  diversifying  its
investments among many companies and different industries.

SPECIAL RISK FACTORS ASSOCIATED WITH INVESTING IN REGIONAL FUND

The  objective of capital  appreciation  along with the policy of  concentrating
equity  investments  in the Eight State Region means that the assets of Regional
Fund will generally be subject to greater risk than may be involved in investing
in  securities  which do not have  appreciation  potential  or which  have  more
geographic  diversity.  For  example,  Regional  Fund's net asset value could be
adversely  affected by  economic,  political,  or other  developments  having an
unfavorable impact upon the Eight State Region; moreover,  because of geographic
limitation,  Regional Fund may be less  diversified by industry and company than
other  funds  with  a  similar  investment  objective  and  no  such  geographic
limitation.

SPECIAL RISK FACTORS ASSOCIATED WITH INVESTING IN VALUE FUND

In selecting securities judged to be undervalued, the Adviser will be exercising
opinions  and  judgments  which  may be  contrary  to those of the  majority  of
investors.  In certain  instances,  such opinions and judgments will involve the
risks of either:

       (a) a correct judgment by the majority, in which case losses 
           may be incurred or profits may be limited; or

                                      A-11
<PAGE>


       (b) a long delay before  majority  recognition  of the accuracy of
           the Adviser's judgment, in which case capital invested by Value Fund
           in an individual  security or group of securities may be 
           nonproductive for an extended  period.  Generally,  it is  expected 
           that if a Value Fund investment is "nonproductive" for more than 
           two to three years, it will be sold.

         In many instances, the selection of undervalued securities for purchase
by Value Fund may involve  limited  risk of capital  loss  because  such lack of
investor  recognition is already reflected in the price of the securities at the
time of purchase.

         It is anticipated  that some of the portfolio  securities of Value Fund
may not be widely traded,  and that Value Fund's position in such securities may
be substantial  in relation to the market for the  securities.  Accordingly,  it
would under certain circumstances be difficult for Value Fund to dispose of such
portfolio  securities at prevailing  market prices in order to meet redemptions.
Value Fund may,  when  management  deems it  appropriate,  maintain a reserve in
liquid assets which it considers adequate to meet anticipated redemptions.

                                      A-12
<PAGE>
                                            
                              LIFEUSA FUNDS, INC.

                       Statement of Additional Information
                              dated January 1, 1997



 LifeUSA Aggressive Growth Portfolio   LifeUSA Balanced Portfolio
 LifeUSA Growth Portfolio              LifeUSA Current Income Portfolio
 LifeUSA Global Portfolio              LifeUSA Principal Preservation Portfolio

     This Statement of Additional  Information  relates to the funds named above
(the  "Portfolios"),  each of which is a series  of  LifeUSA  Funds,  Inc.  (the
"Fund").  This  Statement of Additional  Information  is not a  prospectus,  but
should be read in conjunction  with the  Portfolios'  current  Prospectus  dated
January 1, 1997. This Statement of Additional  Information is incorporated  into
the  Portfolios'  Prospectus by reference.  To obtain copies of the  Prospectus,
write or call the Portfolios at  ______________________,  telephone:___________.
Please retain this Statement of Additional Information for future reference.



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Page
                                                                      ----
<S>                                                                   <C>
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES......................................2
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS.................................................18
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER......................................................22
INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE..................................................22
MANAGEMENT..............................................................25
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION....................................................31
CUSTODIAN; COUNSEL; ACCOUNTANTS.........................................32
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND ALLOCATION OF BROKERAGE......................33
CAPITAL STOCK...........................................................34
NET ASSET VALUE AND PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE...............................34
TAX STATUS..............................................................35
LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY........................................36
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................36
APPENDIX A - RATINGS OF DEBT SECURITIES.................................A-1
</TABLE>
                                  
<PAGE>


                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

     The Prospectus  discusses the investment  objectives of LifeUSA  Aggressive
Growth Portfolio,  LifeUSA Growth Portfolio, LifeUSA Balanced Portfolio, LifeUSA
Current Income Portfolio,  LifeUSA Principal  Preservation Portfolio and LifeUSA
Global Portfolio (a "Portfolio" or the "Portfolios" as  appropriate)and  each of
the IAI  Mutual  Funds (the  "Underlying  Funds")  in which the  Portfolios  may
invest,  as well as the  policies  Investment  Advisers,  Inc.  (the  "Adviser")
employs  to  achieve  those  objectives.   This  section  contains  supplemental
information  concerning the types of securities  and other  instruments in which
the  Underlying  Funds  may  invest,  the  investment   policies  and  portfolio
strategies the Underlying  Funds may utilize and certain risks attendant to such
investments,  policies  and  strategies.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the
respective  investment objectives of the Portfolios or the Underlying Funds will
be achieved.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

         Each  Underlying Fund may invest in repurchase  agreements  relating to
the  securities  in which it may invest.  A  repurchase  agreement  involves the
purchase of securities with the condition  that,  after a stated period of time,
the original  seller will buy back the  securities at a  predetermined  price or
yield. An Underlying  Fund's  custodian will have custody of, and will hold in a
segregated  account,  securities  acquired  by  such  Underlying  Fund  under  a
repurchase  agreement  or  other  securities  as  collateral.  In the  case of a
security registered on a book entry system, the book entry will be maintained in
an  Underlying  Fund's  name  or that of its  custodian.  Repurchase  agreements
involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in securities.  For
example, if the seller of the agreement defaults on its obligation to repurchase
the  underlying  securities  at a time  when  the  value of the  securities  has
declined,  an  Underlying  Fund  may  incur  a loss  upon  disposition  of  such
securities.  In the event that bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect
to the seller of the agreement,  an Underlying  Fund's ability to dispose of the
collateral  to recover  its  investment  may be  restricted  or  delayed.  While
collateral  will at all times be maintained in an amount equal to the repurchase
price under the agreement  (including  accrued interest due thereunder),  to the
extent proceeds from the sale of collateral were less than the repurchase price,
an Underlying Fund could suffer a loss.

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

         Each Underlying Fund may invest in reverse repurchase agreements.  In a
reverse repurchase agreement, an Underlying Fund sells a portfolio instrument to
another party, such as a bank or broker-dealer, in return for cash and agrees to
repurchase  the  instrument  at a  particular  price and  time.  While a reverse
repurchase   agreement  is   outstanding,   an  Underlying  Fund  will  maintain
appropriate  liquid  assets  in a  segregated  custodial  account  to cover  its
obligation  under the  agreement.  An  Underlying  Fund will enter into  reverse
repurchase  agreements only with parties whose  creditworthiness  has been found
satisfactory  by the  Adviser,  the  Underlying  Fund's  investment  adviser and
manager. As a result, such transactions may increase  fluctuations in the market
value of an  Underlying  Fund's  assets and may be viewed as a form of leverage.
Presently,  the Underlying Funds do not intend to invest more than 5% of its net
assets in reverse repurchase agreements.

SECURITIES OF FOREIGN ISSUERS

         Investing  in foreign  securities  may result in greater risk than that
incurred by investing in domestic  securities.  There is generally less publicly
available  information  about foreign issuers  comparable to reports and ratings
that are published about companies in the United States.  Also,  foreign issuers
are  not  subject  to  uniform  accounting,  auditing  and  financial  reporting
standards,  practices and requirements  comparable to those applicable to United
States companies.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>


         It is  contemplated  that most foreign  securities will be purchased in
over-the-counter markets or on stock exchanges located in the countries in which
the respective  principal  offices of the issuers of the various  securities are
located,  if that is the  best  available  market.  Foreign  stock  markets  are
generally  not as developed or  efficient as those in the United  States.  While
growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than the New York
Stock  Exchange,  and  securities of some foreign  companies are less liquid and
more volatile than securities of comparable United States companies.  Similarly,
volume and  liquidity  in most  foreign  bond markets is less than in the United
States  and at times  volatility  of price  can be  greater  than in the  United
States.  Commissions  on foreign  stock  exchanges  are  generally  higher  than
commissions  on United  States  exchanges,  although  the  Underlying  Fund will
endeavor  to  achieve  the  most   favorable   net  results  on  its   portfolio
transactions.  There is generally less government  supervision and regulation of
foreign stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the United States.

         With respect to certain foreign countries,  there is the possibility of
adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations,  expropriation or
confiscatory taxation, limitations on the removal of funds or other assets of an
Underlying Fund,  political or social  instability,  or diplomatic  developments
which could affect  United  States  investments  in those  countries.  Moreover,
individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the United
States'  economy in such respects as growth of gross national  product,  rate of
inflation,  capital  reinvestment,  resource  self-sufficiency  and  balance  of
payments position.

     The Adviser is not aware at this time of the existence of any investment or
exchange control regulations which might substantially  impair the operations of
an  Underlying  Fund as  described  in the  Prospectus  and  this  Statement  of
Additional  Information.  It should be noted, however, that this situation could
change at any time.

         The dividends and interest  payable on certain of an Underlying  Fund's
foreign portfolio  securities may be subject to foreign  withholding taxes, thus
reducing the net amount of income  available for  distribution  to an Underlying
Fund's  shareholders.  The  expense  ratio of an  Underlying  Fund should not be
materially  affected  by such  Underlying  Fund's  investment  in  such  foreign
securities.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

     Each  Underlying  Fund may also invest up to 15% (10% for IAI Money  Market
Fund and IAI Developing Countries Fund) of its net assets in securities that are
considered  illiquid because of the absence of a readily available market or due
to legal or contractual  restrictions.  However,  certain restricted  securities
that are not  registered  for sale to the  general  public that can be resold to
institutional  investors may be considered liquid pursuant to guidelines adopted
by the Board of  Directors.  It is not  possible to predict with  assurance  the
maintenance  of an  institutional  trading  market for such  securities  and the
liquidity  of an  Underlying  Fund's  investments  could be  impaired if trading
declines.

EXTENDIBLE NOTES

         Government  Fund  is  permitted  to  invest  in  extendible   notes  in
accordance with its investment  objectives and policies. An extendible note is a
debt arrangement under which the holder,  at its option,  may require the issuer
to  repurchase  the note for a  predetermined  fixed  price at one or more times
prior to the ultimate maturity date of the note.  Typically,  an extendible note
is issued at an interest rate that can be adjusted at fixed times throughout its
term.  At the same times as the  interest  rat e is adjusted by the issuer,  the
holder of the note is  typically  given the option to "put" the note back to the
issuer at a  predetermined  price (e.g.,  at 100% of the  outstanding  principal
amount  plus  unpaid  accrued   interest)  if  the  extended  interest  rate  is
undesirable to the holder. This option to put the note back to the issuer (i.e.,
to require  the  issuer to  repurchase  the note)  provides  the holder  with an
optional  maturity  date that is shorter  than the actual  maturity  date of the
note.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>


     Extendible notes may be issued with maturity dates in excess of seven years
from the date of issuance.  However,  if such  extendible  notes  provide for an
optional  maturity  date of seven  years or less,  then such notes are deemed by
Government  Fund to have been issued for the  shorter  optional  maturity  date.
Accordingly,  investment in such extendible  notes would not be in contravention
of the  fundamental  investment  policy  not to  invest in  securities  having a
maturity date in excess of seven years from the date of acquisition.  Investment
in extendible  notes is not expected to have a material  impact on the effective
portfolio maturity of Government Fund.

         An  investment  in an  extendible  note is liquid,  and the note may be
resold to another  investor  prior to its optional  maturity  date at its market
value.  The market value of an extendible  note with a given  optional  maturity
date is determined  and  fluctuates in a similar manner as the market value of a
fixed maturity note with a maturity  equivalent to the optional  maturity of the
extendible  note.  Compared  to fixed  term notes of the same  issuer,  however,
extendible  notes with  equivalent  optional  maturities  generally yield higher
returns without a material increase in risk to Government Fund.

         The  creditworthiness  of the issuers of extendible  notes is monitored
and rated by Moody's and by S&P.  The  creditworthiness  of such issuers is also
monitored by the Adviser.  Government Fund does not have a current  intention of
investing in the coming year more than 5% of its net assets in extendible notes.

VARIABLE OR FLOATING RATE INSTRUMENTS

         Each   Underlying   Fund  may  invest  in  variable  or  floating  rate
instruments.  Such instruments (including notes purchased directly from issuers)
bear variable or floating interest rates and carry rights that permit holders to
demand payment of the unpaid  principal  balance plus accrued  interest from the
issuers or certain  financial  intermediaries.  Floating  rate  securities  have
interest rates that change  whenever there is a change in a designated base rate
while variable rate instruments  provide for a specified periodic  adjustment in
the interest  rate.  These formulas are designed to result in a market value for
the instrument that approximates its par value.

DELAYED-DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS

         Each fixed  income  Underlying  Fund may buy and sell  securities  on a
delayed-delivery  or when-issued basis. These transactions  involve a commitment
by an Underlying Fund to purchase or sell specific securities at a predetermined
price or yield,  with  payment and  delivery  taking  place after the  customary
settlement  period  for that type of  security  (and more than seven days in the
future).  Typically,  no interest accrues to the purchaser until the security is
delivered.   Each   Underlying   Fund  may  receive  fees  for   entering   into
delayed-delivery transactions.

         When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, each Underlying
Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership,  including the risk of price and
yield  fluctuations.  Because  an  Underlying  Fund is not  required  to pay for
securities  until the  delivery  date,  these risks are in addition to the risks
associated with such Underlying Fund's other investments.  If an Underlying Fund
remains  substantially  fully invested at a time when delayed delivery purchases
are  outstanding,  the  delayed-delivery  purchases  may  result  in a  form  of
leverage.  When delayed-delivery  purchases are outstanding,  an Underlying Fund
will set aside  appropriate  liquid assets in a segregated  custodial account to
cover its purchase obligations. When an Underlying Fund has sold a security on a
delayed-delivery  basis,  such  Underlying  Fund does not participate in further
gains  or  losses  with  respect  to the  security.  If  the  other  party  to a
delayed-delivery  transaction  fails to  deliver or pay for the  securities,  an
Underlying  Fund could miss a  favorable  price or yield  opportunity,  or could
suffer a loss.

         Each  Underlying  Fund may  renegotiate  delayed-delivery  transactions
after they are entered into, and may sell underlying  securities before they are
delivered, which may result in capital gains or losses.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>


DOLLAR ROLLS

     In connection  with its ability to purchase  securities on a when-issued or
forward  commitment basis, a fixed income Underlying Fund may enter into "dollar
rolls" in which  such  Underlying  Fund sells  securities  for  delivery  in the
current  month  and  simultaneously  contracts  with  the same  counterparty  to
repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities
on a specified  future date.  An  Underlying  Fund gives up the right to receive
principal and interest paid on the securities sold.  However, an Underlying Fund
would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the
securities  sold and lower forward price for the  securities  purchased plus any
fee income  received.  Unless  such  benefits  exceed  the  income  and  capital
appreciation that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the
dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment  performance
of an  Underlying  Fund  compared  with what such  performance  would  have been
without the use of dollar rolls.  Each Underlying Fund will hold and maintain in
a segregated account until the settlement date cash, government  securities,  or
liquid  high-grade  debt  securities  in an  amount  equal  to the  value of the
when-issued or forward commitment securities.  The benefits derived from the use
of dollar rolls may depend,  among other things,  upon the Adviser's  ability to
predict interest rates correctly. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be
successfully  employed.  In addition,  the use of dollar rolls by an  Underlying
Fund while  remaining  substantially  fully invested  increases the amount of an
Underlying  Fund's  assets  that are subject to market risk to an amount that is
greater  than such  Underlying  Fund's net asset  value,  which could  result in
increased volatility of the price of such Underlying Fund's shares.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

         Each Underlying Fund may purchase mortgage-backed  securities issued by
government and non-government entities such as banks, mortgage lenders, or other
financial institutions.  A mortgage-backed  security may be an obligation of the
issuer  backed by a mortgage  or pool of  mortgages  or a direct  interest in an
underlying  pool  of  mortgages.  Some  mortgage-backed   securities,   such  as
collateralized mortgage obligations or CMOs, make payments of both principal and
interest at a variety of intervals;  others make semiannual interest payments at
a  predetermined  rate and repay  principal at maturity  (like a typical  bond).
Mortgage-backed  securities are based on different types of mortgages  including
those on  commercial  real  estate or  residential  properties.  Other  types of
mortgage-backed  securities  will  likely be  developed  in the  future,  and an
Underlying Fund may invest in them if the Adviser determines they are consistent
with such Underlying Fund's investment objective and policies.

         The value of mortgage-backed securities may change due to shifts in the
market's  perception  of issuers.  In  addition,  regulatory  or tax changes may
adversely  affect  the  mortgage  securities  market as a whole.  Non-government
mortgage-backed  securities  may  offer  higher  yields  than  those  issued  by
government  entities,  but also may be  subject to greater  price  changes  than
government  issues.  Mortgage-backed  securities are subject to prepayment risk.
Prepayment,  which  occurs when  unscheduled  or early  payments are made on the
underlying  mortgages,  may shorten the effective maturities of these securities
and may lower their total returns.

STRIPPED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

         Government  and Bond  Funds  may  invest  in  stripped  mortgage-backed
securities.  Such  securities  are created  when a U.S.  government  agency or a
financial  institution  separates  the interest and  principal  components  of a
mortgage-backed security and sells them as individual securities.  The holder of
the  "principal-only"  security (PO) receives the principal payments made by the
underlying  mortgage-backed  security,  while the holder of the  "interest-only"
security (IO) receives interest payments from the same underlying security.  The
prices of stripped  mortgage-backed  securities may be particularly  affected by
changes in interest  rates.  As interest  rates fall,  prepayment  rates tend to
increase, which tends to reduce prices of IOs and increase prices of POs. Rising
interest rates can have the opposite effect.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>


ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES

     Government   and  Bond  Funds  may  invest  in   asset-backed   securities.
Asset-backed   securities   represent  interests  in  pools  of  consumer  loans
(generally  unrelated  to  mortgage  loans)  and most  often are  structured  as
pass-through securities. Interest and principal payments alternately depend upon
payment of the underlying  loans by individuals,  although the securities may be
supported  by  letters  of credit  or other  credit  enhancements.  The value of
asset-backed securities may also depend on the creditworthiness of the servicing
agent  for  the  loan  pool,  the  originator  of the  loans,  or the  financial
institution providing the credit enhancement.

ZERO COUPON BONDS

         Each Underlying Fund may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds
do not make interest  payments;  instead,  they are sold at a deep discount from
their face value and are redeemed at face value when they  mature.  Because zero
coupon bonds do not pay current  income,  their prices can be very volatile when
interest rates change.  In calculating  its dividends,  an Underlying Fund takes
into account as income a portion of the difference  between a zero coupon bond's
purchase price and its face value.

         A  broker-dealer  creates a derivative  zero by separating the interest
and  principal  components of a U.S.  Treasury  security and selling them as two
individual  securities.  CATS (Certificates of Accrual on Treasury  Securities),
TIGRs (Treasury  Investment  Growth Receipts),  and TRs (Treasury  Receipts) are
examples of derivative zeros.

         The Federal Reserve Bank creates STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered
Interest and Principal of  Securities)  by separating the interest and principal
components of an outstanding  U.S.  Treasury bond and selling them as individual
securities. Bonds issued by the Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP) and the
Financing  Corporation  (FICO) can also be separated in this  fashion.  Original
issue  zeroes  are  zero  coupon  securities   originally  issued  by  the  U.S.
government, a government agency, or a corporation in zero coupon form.

LOWER-RATED DEBT SECURITIES

         Issuers of high yield  securities  may be highly  leveraged and may not
have available to them more  traditional  methods of financing.  Therefore,  the
risks  associated  with acquiring the  securities of such issuers  generally are
greater than is the case with higher rated  securities.  For example,  during an
economic  downturn or a sustained  period of rising interest  rates,  issuers of
high  yield  securities  may be more  likely  to  experience  financial  stress,
especially  if such  issuers are highly  leveraged.  During such  periods,  such
issuers  may not  have  sufficient  revenues  to  meet  their  interest  payment
obligations.  The issuer's  ability to service its debt  obligations also may be
adversely affected by specific issuer  developments or the issuer's inability to
meet specific  projected  business forecasts or the unavailability of additional
financing.  The risk of loss  due to  default  by the  issuer  is  significantly
greater for the holders of high yield securities  because such securities may be
unsecured and may be subordinated to other creditors of the issuer.

         High yield securities frequently have call or redemption features which
would permit an issuer to repurchase the security from an Underlying  Fund. If a
call were exercised by the issuer during a period of declining  interest  rates,
an  Underlying  Fund likely  would have to replace such called  security  with a
lower  yielding  security,  thus  decreasing  the net  investment  income  to an
Underlying Fund and dividends to shareholders.

         An Underlying Fund may have difficulty  disposing of certain high yield
securities  because there may be a thin trading market for such securities.  The
secondary trading market for high yield securities is generally not as liquid as
the  secondary  market for higher rated  securities.  Reduced  secondary  market
liquidity may have an adverse  impact on market price and an  Underlying  Fund's
ability to dispose of particular  issues when necessary to meet such  Underlying
Fund's  liquidity  needs or in response to a specific  economic  event such as a
deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

         Adverse publicity and investor  perceptions,  which may not be based on
fundamental  analysis,  also may decrease the value and  liquidity of high yield
securities,  particularly in a thinly traded market. Factors adversely affecting
the market  value of high yield  securities  are likely to  adversely  affect an
Underlying  Fund's net asset value.  In addition,  an Underlying  Fund may incur
additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default
on a portfolio holding or participate in the restructuring of the obligation.

LOANS AND OTHER DIRECT DEBT INSTRUMENTS

         Bond and  Government  Funds may invest in loans and other  direct  debt
instruments.  Direct  debt  instruments  are  interests  in  amounts  owed  by a
corporate,  governmental,  or other  borrower  to lenders or lending  syndicates
(loans and loan participations), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims
or other receivable),  or to other parties.  Direct debt instruments are subject
to an Underlying Fund's policies regarding the quality of debt securities.

         Purchasers  of loans and  other  forms of  direct  indebtedness  depend
primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of principal and
interest.  Direct debt instruments may not be rated by any nationally recognized
rating  service.  If an Underlying Fund does not receive  scheduled  interest or
principal  payments on such  indebtedness,  an Underlying Fund's share price and
yield  could be  adversely  affected.  Loans  that are  fully  secured  offer an
Underlying  Fund  more  protection  than  an  unsecured  loan  in the  event  of
non-payment of scheduled interest or principal.  However,  there is no assurance
that the  liquidation  of  collateral  from a secured  loan  would  satisfy  the
borrower's obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. Indebtedness of
borrowers whose  creditworthiness is poor involves  substantially greater risks,
and may be highly speculative. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy or restructuring
may never pay off their  indebtedness,  or may pay only a small  fraction of the
amount owed.  Direct  indebtedness  of developing  countries will also involve a
risk that the  governmental  entities  responsible for the repayment of the debt
may be unable, or unwilling, to pay interest and repay principal when due.

         Investments  in  loans  through   direct   assignment  of  a  financial
institution's  interests with respect to a loan may involve  additional risks to
an Underlying  Fund. For example,  if a loan is foreclosed,  an Underlying  Fund
could  become  part  owner of any  collateral,  and  would  bear the  costs  and
liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition,
it is conceivable  that under emerging  legal theories of lender  liability,  an
Underlying Fund could be held liable as a co-lender. Direct debt instruments may
also involve a risk of insolvency  of the lending bank or other  intermediaries.
Direct debt  instruments  that are not in the form of securities  may offer less
legal   protection   to  the   Underlying   Fund  in  the   event  of  fraud  or
misrepresentation.   In  the  absence  of  definitive  regulatory  guidance,  an
Underlying  Fund  relies  on the  Adviser's  research  in an  attempt  to  avoid
situations  where  fraud  or  misrepresentation   could  adversely  affect  such
Underlying Fund.

         A loan is often  administered by a bank or other financial  institution
that acts as agent for all holders. The agent administers the terms of the loan,
as specified in the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other
indebtedness,  an Underlying Fund has direct recourse  against the borrower,  it
may have to rely on the agent to apply  appropriate  credit  remedies  against a
borrower. If assets held by the agent for the benefit of an Underlying Fund were
determined to be subject to the claims of the agent's  general  creditors,  such
Underlying Fund might incur certain costs and delays in rendering payment on the
loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal or interest.

         Bond and  Government  Funds  limit the amount of the  assets  that they
invest in any one issuer or in issuers within the same industry. For purposes of
these  limitations,  an Underlying Fund generally will treat the borrower as the
"issuer"  of  indebtedness  held by such  Underlying  Fund.  In the case of loan
participations  where a bank or other  lending  institution  serves as financial
intermediary  between an Underlying Fund and the borrower,  if the participation
does not shift to such Underlying Fund the direct  debtor/creditor  relationship
with  the  borrower,  SEC  interpretations  require  such  Underlying  Fund,  in
appropriate  circumstances,  to treat  both the  lending  bank or other  lending
institution and the borrower as "issuers" for the purpose of determining whether
such  Underlying  Fund has invested more than 5% of its total assets in a single
issuer.  Treating the financial  intermediary as an issuer of  indebtedness  may

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

restrict an Underlying  Fund's  ability to invest in  indebtedness  related to a
single financial intermediary,  or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same
industry,  even if the underlying  borrowers  represent many different companies
and industries.

LENDING PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

         In order to generate  additional income,  each Underlying Fund may lend
portfolio  securities to broker-dealers,  banks or other financial  borrowers of
securities.  As with other  extensions  of  credit,  there are risks of delay in
recovery  or even loss of rights in the  collateral  should the  borrower of the
securities fail  financially.  However,  an Underlying Fund will only enter into
loan arrangements with  broker-dealers,  banks or other  institutions  which the
Adviser has  determined are  creditworthy  under  guidelines  established by the
Underlying Fund's Board of Directors. Each Underlying Fund may also experience a
loss if,  upon the  failure  of a  borrower  to return  loaned  securities,  the
collateral  is not  sufficient  in value or liquidity to cover the value of such
loaned securities  (including accrued interest thereon).  However, an Underlying
Fund will  receive  collateral  in the form of cash,  United  States  Government
securities,  certificates of deposit or other high-grade, short-term obligations
or interest-bearing  cash equivalents equal to at least 102% of the value of the
securities loaned. The value of the collateral and of the securities loaned will
be marked to market on a daily basis.  During the time portfolio  securities are
on loan,  the  borrower  pays an  Underlying  Fund an amount  equivalent  to any
dividends or interest paid on the securities  and an Underlying  Fund may invest
the cash  collateral  and earn  additional  income or may receive an agreed upon
amount of interest income from the borrower. However, the amounts received by an
Underlying  Fund may be  reduced by  finders'  fees paid to  broker-dealers  and
related  expenses.  Presently,  the Underlying  Funds do not intend to lend more
than 5% of its net assets to broker-dealers, banks, or other financial borrowers
of securities.

SWAP AGREEMENTS

         Swap  agreements  can be  individually  negotiated  and  structured  to
include  exposure  to a variety  of  different  types of  investments  or market
factors.  Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease
an Underlying Fund's exposure to long- or short-term interest rates (in the U.S.
or abroad),  foreign currency values,  mortgage securities,  corporate borrowing
rates,  or other  factors  such as  security  prices or  inflation  rates.  Swap
agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names. An
Underlying  Fund is not limited to any particular  form of swap agreement if the
Adviser  determines  it is consistent  with such  Underlying  Fund's  investment
objective and policies.

         Swap  agreements  will tend to shift an  Underlying  Fund's  investment
exposure from one type of investment to another.  For example,  if an Underlying
Fund agrees to exchange  payments in dollars for  payments in foreign  currency,
the swap agreement would tend to decrease an Underlying  Fund's exposure to U.S.
interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates.
Depending  on how they are used,  swap  agreements  may increase or decrease the
overall volatility of an Underlying Fund's investments and its share price.

         The most  significant  factor in the  performance of swap agreements is
the change in the  specific  interest  rate,  currency,  or other  factors  that
determine the amounts of payments due to and from an Underlying  Fund. If a swap
agreement calls for payments by an Underlying Fund, such Underlying Fund must be
prepared to make such  payments  when due. In  addition,  if the  counterparty's
creditworthiness  declines,  the  value of a swap  agreement  would be likely to
decline,  potentially resulting in losses. An Underlying Fund expects to be able
to eliminate its exposure  under swap  agreements  either by assignment or other
disposition,  or by entering into an  offsetting  swap  agreement  with the same
party or a similar creditworthy party.

         Each  Underlying  Fund will  maintain  appropriate  liquid  assets in a
segregated  custodial  account  to cover  its  current  obligations  under  swap
agreements.  If an Underlying  Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis,
it will  segregate  assets with a daily  value at least equal to the excess,  if
any, of an Underlying  Fund's accrued  obligations under the swap agreement over
the  accrued  amount  such  Underlying  Fund is  entitled  to receive  under the
agreement.  If an Underlying  Fund enters into a swap  agreement on other than a
net basis,  it will  segregate  assets  with a value equal to the full amount of
such Underlying Fund's accrued obligation under the agreement.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>


INDEXED SECURITIES

     Each  Underlying  Fund,  other than IAI Money  Market  Fund,  may  purchase
securities  whose  prices  are  indexed  to  the  prices  of  other  securities,
securities indexes,  currencies,  precious metals or other commodities, or other
financial  indicators.  Indexed securities  typically,  but not always, are debt
securities  or deposits  whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by
reference to a specific instrument or statistic.  Gold-indexed  securities,  for
example,  typically  provide for a maturity  value that  depends on the price of
gold,  resulting in a security  whose price tends to rise and fall together with
gold   prices.    Currency-indexed    securities    typically   are   short   to
intermediate-term  debt  securities  whose maturity values or interest rates are
determined  by  reference  to  the  values  of  one or  more  specified  foreign
currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated  securities
of  equivalent  issuers.   Currency-indexed  securities  may  be  positively  or
negatively  indexed;  that  is,  their  maturity  value  may  increase  when the
specified  currency  value  increases,  resulting  in a security  that  performs
similarly  to a  foreign-denominated  instrument,  or their  maturity  value may
decline when foreign  currencies  increase,  resulting in a security whose price
characteristics   are   similar   to  a  put   on   the   underlying   currency.
Currency-indexed  securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a
number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

     The  performance  of indexed  securities  depends to a great  extent on the
performance  of the security,  currency,  or other  instrument to which they are
indexed,  and may also be  influenced  by interest  rate changes in the U.S. and
abroad.  At the same time,  indexed  securities  are subject to the credit risks
associated  with the  issuer of the  security,  and  their  values  may  decline
substantially if the issuer's creditworthiness  deteriorates.  Recent issuers of
indexed  securities  have  included  banks,   corporations,   and  certain  U.S.
government  agencies.  The Adviser will use its judgment in determining  whether
indexed securities should be treated as short-term  instruments,  bonds, stocks,
or as a separate  asset class for purposes of an  Underlying  Fund's  investment
policies, depending on the individual characteristics of the securities. Indexed
securities may be more volatile than the underlying instruments. Presently, each
of the  Underlying  Funds do not intend to invest more than 5% of its net assets
in Indexed Securities.

ECONOMIES OF JAPAN, THE UNITED KINGDOM AND GERMANY

         International  Fund may from time to time  concentrate more than 25% of
its total assets in the economies of Japan, the United Kingdom and Germany. This
section includes a general  discussion of the economy of Germany.  The economies
of Japan and the United Kingdom are further described in the Prospectus.

         Germany is a federated  republic with a population of  approximately 80
million and a democratic parliamentary form of government. The German economy is
organized  primarily on the basis of private  sector  ownership,  with the state
exerting  major  influence  through  ownership  in  certain  sectors,  including
transportation,  communication and energy.  Unification of West Germany with the
formerly communist controlled East Germany took place in 1990.

         Industrial activity makes the largest  contribution to the German gross
national  product.  Although  only  5%  of  German  businesses  are  large-scale
enterprises,  such  large-scale  businesses  account for over half of industrial
production  and employ over half the  industrial  labor force.  Trading  volume,
therefore,  tends to  concentrate  on relatively  few companies  with both large
capitalizations  and broad stock ownership.  Historically the German economy has
been strongly export oriented.  Privatization of formerly state owned enterprise
in what was once East Germany is in progress, but will make little difference to
the  predominance of large scale businesses in overall  industrial  activity and
the stock market.

         German equity  securities  trade  predominantly  on the country's eight
independent local stock exchanges,  the Frankfurt exchange accounting for 70% of
turnover.  Subject to the  provisions of pertinent  securities  law,  mainly the
Stock  Exchange  Law of 1896,  as amended,  the  council,  management  and other
executive  organs  of the  stock  exchanges  constitute  self-administering  and
self-regulatory   bodies.   The  "Working  Group  of  German  Stock   Exchanges"
headquartered  in  Frankfurt,  of which all eight stock  exchanges  are members,
addresses all policy and administrative  questions of national and international
character.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

         Prices for active  stocks,  including  those for larger  companies  are
quoted continuously during stock exchange hours. Less actively traded stocks are
quoted  only  once  a  day.   Equity   shares  are   normally   fully-paid   and
non-assessable.

         Orders for stock  executed for large  customers on the stock  exchanges
are negotiable.  A federal stock exchange  turnover tax, ranging up to 0.25%, is
levied on all securities  transactions  other than those between banks acting as
principal.  Nonresidents  such as the  Underlying  Fund are  charged  half these
rates.

         German equity securities are denominated in Deutchemarks.  Deutchemarks
are  fully   convertible  and   transferable   into  all   currencies,   without
administrative  or legal  restrictions,  for both  nonresidents and residents of
Germany.  Since 1974,  the  Deutchemark  has traded on a floating  exchange rate
basis against all currencies.

NO RATING CRITERIA FOR DEBT SECURITIES -
DEVELOPING COUNTRIES FUND AND LATIN AMERICA FUND

         Developing  Countries  Fund and Latin America Fund have  established no
rating criteria for the debt securities in which it may invest.  Therefore,  the
Underlying Funds may invest in debt securities either (a) which are rated in one
of the top four rating categories by a nationally recognized rating organization
or which possess similar credit characteristics  ("investment grade securities")
or (b) which are rated below the top four  rating  categories  or which  possess
similar credit  characteristics  ("high yield  securities").  Ratings are one of
several factors utilized in performing a credit analysis of issuers.

         Issuers of high yield  securities  may be highly  leveraged and may not
have available to them more  traditional  methods of financing.  Therefore,  the
risks  associated  with acquiring the  securities of such issuers  generally are
greater than is the case with higher rated  securities.  For example,  during an
economic  downturn or a sustained  period of rising interest  rates,  issuers of
high  yield  securities  may be more  likely  to  experience  financial  stress,
especially  if such  issuers are highly  leveraged.  During such  periods,  such
issuers  may not  have  sufficient  revenues  to  meet  their  interest  payment
obligations.  The issuer's  ability to service its debt  obligations also may be
adversely affected by specific issuer  developments or the issuer's inability to
meet specific  projected  business forecasts or the unavailability of additional
financing.  The risk of loss  due to  default  by the  issuer  is  significantly
greater for the holders of high yield securities  because such securities may be
unsecured and may be subordinated to other creditors of the issuer.

         High yield securities frequently have call or redemption features which
would permit an issuer to repurchase the security from the Underlying Fund. If a
call were exercised by the issuer during a period of declining  interest  rates,
the  Underlying  Fund likely would have to replace such called  security  with a
lower  yielding  security,  thus  decreasing  the net  investment  income to the
Underlying Fund and dividends to shareholders.

         Developing  Countries Fund and Latin American Fund may have  difficulty
disposing of certain high yield  securities  because there may be a thin trading
market  for such  securities.  The  secondary  trading  market  for  high  yield
securities is generally  not as liquid as the secondary  market for higher rated
securities.  Reduced  secondary  market  liquidity may have an adverse impact on
market price and an Underlying  Fund's  ability to dispose of particular  issues
when necessary to meet an Underlying  Fund's liquidity needs or in response to a
specific economic event such as a deterioration in the  creditworthiness  of the
issuer.

         Adverse publicity and investor  perceptions,  which may not be based on
fundamental  analysis,  also may decrease the value and  liquidity of high yield
securities,  particularly in a thinly traded market. Factors adversely affecting
the  market  value of high  yield  securities  are  likely to  adversely  affect
Developing  Countries  Fund's net asset value. In addition,  the Underlying Fund
may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon
a default on a portfolio  holding or  participate  in the  restructuring  of the
obligation.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>


ADDITIONAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH FOREIGN INVESTING

         Investors should consider carefully the substantial risks involved with
respect to  investing in  securities  of companies  and  governments  of foreign
nations,  which  are in  addition  to  the  usual  risks  inherent  in  domestic
investments. Such risks are heightened with respect to investments in developing
countries.  There  may be less  publicly  available  information  about  foreign
companies comparable to the reports and ratings published about companies in the
United  States.   Foreign   companies  are  not  generally  subject  to  uniform
accounting,  auditing and financial reporting standards,  and auditing practices
and  requirements  may not be  comparable  to those  applicable to United States
companies. Foreign markets typically have substantially less volume than the New
York Stock Exchange and securities of some foreign companies are less liquid and
more volatile than securities of comparable United States companies.  Commission
rates in foreign  countries,  which are  generally  fixed rather than subject to
negotiation  as in the United States,  are likely to be higher.  In many foreign
countries  there  is  less  government   supervision  and  regulation  of  stock
exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the United States.

         Investments  in  developing  countries  may be subject  to  potentially
higher risks than  investments in developed  countries.  These risks include (i)
less social,  political and economic  stability;  (ii) the small current size of
the markets for such  securities and the currently low or nonexistent  volume of
trading,  which  may  result  in a  lack  of  liquidity  and  in  greater  price
volatility;  (iii) certain  national  policies which may restrict the Underlying
Fund's investment opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers
or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; (iv) foreign taxation; (v)
the absence of developed  structures  governing private or foreign investment or
allowing for judicial redress for injury to private  property;  (vi) the limited
development  and recent  emergence,  in certain  countries,  of a capital market
structure or  market-oriented  economy;  and (vii) the  possibility  that recent
favorable  economic  developments in certain countries may be slowed or reversed
by unanticipated political or social events in such countries.

         Despite the recent dissolution of the Soviet Union, the Communist Party
may continue to exercise a  significant  role in certain  (particularly  Eastern
European)  countries.   To  the  extent  of  the  Communist  Party's  influence,
investments   in  such   countries   will  involve  risks  of   nationalization,
expropriation and confiscatory  taxation.  The communist governments of a number
of such countries expropriated large amounts of private property in the past, in
many cases without  adequate  compensation,  and there can be no assurance  that
such  expropriation  will  not  occur  in the  future.  In  the  event  of  such
expropriation,  an  Underlying  Fund  could  lose a  substantial  portion of any
investments  it has  made in the  affected  countries.  Further,  no  accounting
standards  exist in many  developing  countries.  Finally,  even though  certain
currencies may be convertible  into U.S.  dollars,  the conversion  rates may be
artificial to the actual  market  values and may be adverse to  Underlying  Fund
shareholders.

         Certain   countries,   which  do  not  have   market   economies,   are
characterized by an absence of developed legal structures  governing private and
foreign investments and private property. Certain countries require governmental
approval  prior to  investments  by  foreign  persons,  or limit  the  amount of
investment by foreign persons in a particular  company,  or limit the investment
of foreign  persons to only a specific class of securities of a company that may
have less  advantageous  terms than  securities  of the  company  available  for
purchase by nationals.

         Authoritarian  governments  in certain  countries  may  require  that a
governmental  or  quasi-governmental   authority  to  act  as  custodian  of  an
Underlying  Fund's  assets  invested  in  such  country.   To  the  extent  such
governmental or  quasi-governmental  authorities do not satisfy the requirements
of the 1940 Act to act as foreign  custodians of the Underlying  Fund's cash and
securities,  an Underlying Fund's investment in such countries may be limited or
may be required to be effected through intermediaries.  The risk of loss through
governmental confiscation may be increased in such countries.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>


         An Underlying  Fund endeavors to buy and sell foreign  currencies on as
favorable a basis as  practicable.  Some price  spread on currency  exchange (to
cover service  charges) may be incurred,  particularly  when an Underlying  Fund
changes  investments  from one country to another or when proceeds from the sale
of shares in U.S.  dollars are used for the  purchase of  securities  in foreign
countries.  Also,  some  countries  may adopt  policies  which would  prevent an
Underlying Fund from transferring cash out of the country,  withhold portions of
interest and dividends at the source,  or impose other taxes, with respect to an
Underlying Fund's investments in securities of issuers of that country. Although
an Underlying  Fund invests only in foreign nations which it considers as having
relatively  stable  and  friendly  governments,  there  is  the  possibility  of
expropriation, nationalization, confiscatory or other taxation, foreign exchange
controls (which may include  suspension of the ability to transfer currency from
a given country), default in foreign government securities,  political or social
instability  or  diplomatic   developments  that  could  affect  investments  in
securities of issuers in those nations.

         An Underlying Fund may be affected  either  unfavorably or favorably by
fluctuations  in the  relative  rates of  exchange  between  the  currencies  of
different nations,  by exchange control  regulations and by indigenous  economic
and  political  developments.  Through an  Underlying  Fund's  flexible  policy,
management endeavors to avoid unfavorable  consequences and to take advantage of
favorable  developments in particular  nations where from time to time it places
an Underlying Fund's investments.

         The exercise of this flexible policy may include  decisions to purchase
securities with  substantial  risk  characteristics  and other decisions such as
changing  the  emphasis on  investments  from one nation to another and from one
type of security to another.  Some of these decisions may later prove profitable
and others may not. No assurance can be given that profits,  if any, will exceed
losses.  However,  in the  absence  of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence on the part of the investment manager,  any losses resulting from the
holding of an Underlying Fund's portfolio securities in foreign countries and/or
with securities depositories will be at the risk of the shareholders.

         An  Underlying  Fund's  ability to reduce or eliminate  its futures and
related  options  positions  will depend  upon the  liquidity  of the  secondary
markets for such futures and options.  Each  Underlying Fund intends to purchase
or sell  futures and related  options only on exchanges or boards of trade where
there appears to be an active secondary market, but there is no assurance that a
liquid  secondary  market  will  exist  for any  particular  contract  or at any
particular  time. Use of stock index futures and related options for hedging may
involve risks because of imperfect  correlation  between movements in the prices
of the futures or related  options and movements in the prices of the securities
being  hedged.  Successful  use of futures and related  options by an Underlying
Fund for hedging purposes also depends upon the investment  manager's ability to
predict  correctly  movements  in the  direction  of the market,  as to which no
assurance can be given.

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING LATIN AMERICA

         Latin  America  is a  region  rich in  natural  resources  such as oil,
copper, tin, silver, iron ore, forestry,  fishing,  livestock,  and agriculture.
The  region  has a large  population  (over 300  million)  representing  a large
domestic market.  The region has been transitional over the last five years from
the stagnant 1980s which were  characterized by poor economic  policies,  higher
international interest rates, and limited access to new foreign capital.

         High  inflation  and low  economic  growth  have  given  way to  stable
manageable  inflation  rates and higher  economic  growth.  Changes in political
leadership,  the  implementation of market-oriented  economic policies,  such as
privatization, trade reform and monetary reform have been among the recent steps
taken to modernize the Latin American  economies and to regenerate growth in the
region. Various trade agreements have also been formed within the region such as
the Andean Pact,  Mercosur and NAFTA.  The largest of these is NAFTA,  which was
implemented on January 1, 1994.

         Latin American equity markets can be extremely volatile and in the past
have shown little  correlation  with the U.S.  market.  Currencies are typically
weak, but most are now relatively  free floating,  and it is not unusual for the
currencies to undergo wide  fluctuations in value over short periods of time due
to changes in the market.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

         Mexico's economy has been transformed  significantly  over the last 6-7
years. In the past few years, the government has sold the telephone company, the
major steel  companies,  the banks and many  others.  The major state  ownership
remaining is in the oil sector and the electricity  sector. The U.S. is Mexico's
major trading partner, accounting for two-thirds of its exports and imports. The
government in consultation with international economic agencies, is implementing
programs to stabilize the economy and foster growth.  For example,  Mexico,  the
U.S.  and Canada  implemented  the North  American  Free Trade  Agreement.  This
cooperation is expected to lead to increased trade and reduced barriers.

         In the early 1980s,  Mexico experienced a foreign debt crisis. By 1987,
foreign debt had reached prohibitive levels,  accounting for 90 to 95 percent of
GDP. By the end of 1994,  a large  current  account  deficit,  fueled in part by
expansionary  policy,  and the  burden of its large  national  debt  forced  the
Mexican  government  to  devalue  the  peso,   triggering  a  severe  crisis  of
confidence.  Both the crisis and measures  taken to stabilize the economy since,
have led to severely  reduced  domestic  demand,  which has been only  partially
offset by positive trade-related activity.

         Brazil entered the 1990s with declining real growth, runaway inflation,
an unserviceable  foreign debt of $122 billion,  and a lack of policy direction.
Over the past two  years,  Brazil was able to  stabilize  its  domestic  economy
through a process of balancing the government budget, the privatization of state
enterprises,  deregulation  and  reduction of red tape and  introducing  greater
competition in the domestic business environment.  Inflation has been reduced to
about 3% a month from 50% a month since mid-1994.  A major long-run  strength is
Brazil's natural resources.  Iron ore, bauxite, tin, gold, and forestry products
make up some of Brazil's basic natural resource base, which includes some of the
largest  mineral  reserves in the world.  In terms of population,  Brazil is the
sixth-largest  in the world with about 155 million  people and represents a huge
domestic market.

         Chile, like Brazil, is endowed with considerable mineral resources,  in
particular  copper.  Economic  reform has been  ongoing in Chile for at least 15
years,   but  political   democracy   has  only  recently   returned  to  Chile.
Privatization  of the public  sector  beginning in the early 1980s has bolstered
the equity  market.  A well  organized  pension  system has  created a long-term
domestic investor base.

         Argentina  is  strong in wheat  production  and  other  foodstuffs  and
livestock  ranching.  A well-educated  and skilled  population boasts one of the
highest literacy rates in the region. The country has been ravaged by decades of
extremely  high  inflation  and  political  instability.  Thanks  to  structural
reforms, the revitalized  Argentine economy has been among the top three fastest
growing  economies  in the world over the last three  years.  The newly  created
Argentine economic institutions have integrated the country with the rest of the
world,   leaving  the  state  to   concentrate   on  its  essential   functions.
Privatization  is  ongoing  and  should  reduce  the  amount  of  external  debt
outstanding.  The markets for labor,  capital  and goods and  services  has been
deregulated.   Nearly  all  non-tariff  barriers  and  export  taxes  have  been
eliminated, the tariff structure simplified and tariffs sharply reduced.

         Venezuela  has  substantial  oil  reserves.   External  debt  is  being
re-negotiated,  and the government is  implementing  economic reform in order to
reduce  the size of the  public  sector.  Internal  gasoline  prices,  which are
one-third those of international  prices, are being increased in order to reduce
subsidies. Plans for privatization and exchange and interest rate liberalization
are examples of recently introduced reforms.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

     Each  Underlying  Fund,  other than IAI Money  Market  Fund  whose  foreign
currency holdings must be denominated in U.S. dollars, may hold foreign currency
deposits from time to time and may convert dollars and foreign currencies in the
foreign exchange markets.  Currency conversion involves dealer spreads and other
costs, although commissions usually are not charged. Currencies may be exchanged
on a spot (i.e.,  cash) basis, or by entering into forward contracts to purchase
or sell  foreign  currencies  at a future  date  and  price.  Forward  contracts
generally are traded in an interbank market conducted  directly between currency
traders (usually large commercial  banks) and their customers.  The parties to a
forward  contract  may agree to offset or  terminate  the  contract  before  its
maturity,  or may hold the contract to maturity  and  complete the  contemplated
currency exchange.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

         Such  Underlying  Funds may use  currency  forward  contracts to manage
currency  risks  and to  facilitate  transactions  in  foreign  securities.  The
following  discussion  summarizes the principal currency  management  strategies
involving forward contracts that could be used by the Underlying Funds.

         In connection  with  purchases and sales of securities  denominated  in
foreign currencies, an Underlying Fund may enter into currency forward contracts
to fix a definite  price for the  purchase  or sale in  advance  of the  trade's
settlement date. This technique is sometimes referred to as a "settlement hedge"
or "transaction  hedge." the Adviser expects to enter into settlement  hedges in
the normal  course of managing an  Underlying  Fund's  foreign  investments.  An
Underlying  Fund could also enter into  forward  contracts to purchase or sell a
foreign  currency in  anticipation  of future  purchases or sales of  securities
denominated in foreign currency,  even if the specific  investments have not yet
been selected by the Adviser.

         Each Underlying Fund may also use forward  contracts to hedge against a
decline in the value of existing  investments  denominated in foreign  currency.
For  example,  if an  Underlying  Fund owned  securities  denominated  in pounds
sterling,  it could enter into a forward  contract  to sell  pounds  sterling in
return for U.S. dollars to hedge against possible declines in the pound's value.
Such a hedge,  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset
both positive and negative currency fluctuations but would not offset changes in
security values caused by other factors. An Underlying Fund could also hedge the
position by selling another currency  expected to perform similarly to the pound
sterling  --  for  example,   by  entering  into  a  forward  contract  to  sell
Deutschemarks or European Currency Units in return for U.S.  dollars.  This type
of hedge,  sometimes  referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer  advantages in
terms of cost,  yield,  or  efficiency,  but generally  would not hedge currency
exposure as  effectively as a simple hedge into U.S.  dollars.  Proxy hedges may
result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the
currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

         Under certain  conditions,  SEC guidelines  require mutual funds to set
aside  appropriate  liquid  assets in a  segregated  custodial  account to cover
currency forward contracts. As required by SEC guidelines,  each Underlying Fund
will segregate assets to cover currency forward contracts, if any, whose purpose
is essentially  speculative.  Each Underlying Fund will not segregate  assets to
cover forward contracts entered into for hedging purposes,  including settlement
hedges, position hedges, and proxy hedges.

         Successful  use  of  forward  currency  contracts  will  depend  on the
Adviser's skill in analyzing and predicting  currency values.  Forward contracts
may substantially  change an Underlying Fund's investment exposure to changes in
currency  exchange  rates,  and could result in losses to an Underlying  Fund if
currencies  do not  perform  as  the  Adviser  anticipates.  For  example,  if a
currency's  value rose at a time when the Adviser had hedged an Underlying  Fund
by selling that currency in exchange for dollars,  such Underlying Fund would be
unable to  participate  in the  currency's  appreciation.  If the Adviser hedges
currency  exposure  through  proxy  hedges,  an  Underlying  Fund could  realize
currency losses from the hedge and the security position at the same time if the
two  currencies do not move in tandem.  Similarly,  if the Adviser  increases an
Underlying  Fund's exposure to a foreign  currency,  and that  currency's  value
declines,  such Underlying Fund will realize a loss.  There is no assurance that
the Adviser's  use of forward  currency  contracts  will be  advantageous  to an
Underlying  Fund or that it will  hedge at an  appropriate  time.  The  policies
described in this section are non-fundamental policies of the Underlying Funds.

LIMITATIONS ON FUTURES AND OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS

     Each Underlying  Fund,  other than IAI Money Market Fund has filed a notice
of eligibility  for exclusion from the  definition of the term  "commodity  pool
operator" with the Commodity Futures Trading  Commission (CFTC) and the National
Futures  Association,  which  regulate  trading in the futures  markets,  before
engaging in any  purchases  or sales of futures  contracts or options on futures
contracts.  Each  Underlying  Fund  intends to comply  with  Section  4.5 of the
regulations  under the Commodity  Exchange Act, which limits the extent to which
an  Underlying  Fund can commit  assets to initial  margin  deposits  and option
premiums.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>


         The above  limitation on an Underlying  Fund's  investments  in futures
contracts and options,  and such Underlying  Fund's policies  regarding  futures
contracts  and options  discussed  elsewhere  in this  Statement  of  Additional
Information  may be changed  as  regulatory  agencies  permit.  With  respect to
positions in commodity  futures or commodity  option contracts which do not come
within the  meaning  and  intent of bona fide  hedging  in the CFTC  rules,  the
aggregate  initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions will
not exceed five  percent of the  liquidation  value of the  qualifying  entity's
portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on
any such contracts it has entered into; and, provided further,  that in the case
of an option that is in-the-money,  the  in-the-money  amount may be excluded in
computing such 5 percent.

FUTURES CONTRACTS

         When an  Underlying  Fund  purchases a futures  contract,  it agrees to
purchase a specified  underlying  instrument at a specified future date. When an
Underlying  Fund  sells a futures  contract,  it  agrees to sell the  underlying
instrument at a specified  future date. The price at which the purchase and sale
will take place is fixed when an Underlying Fund enters into the contract.  Some
currently available futures contracts are based on specific securities,  such as
U.S.  Treasury  bonds or notes,  and some are  based on  indexes  of  securities
prices, such as the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index (S&P 500).
Futures can be held until their delivery dates, or can be closed out before then
if a liquid secondary market is available.

         The value of a futures  contract  tends to  increase  and  decrease  in
tandem  with  the  value of its  underlying  instrument.  Therefore,  purchasing
futures  contracts  will tend to  increase  an  Underlying  Fund's  exposure  to
positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying  instrument,  much as
if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly.  When an Underlying Fund
sells a futures  contract,  by contrast,  the value of its futures position will
tend to move in a direction  contrary to the market.  Selling futures contracts,
therefore,  will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes,
much as if the underlying instrument had been sold.

FUTURES MARGIN PAYMENTS

         The  purchaser  or seller  of a futures  contract  is not  required  to
deliver or pay for the underlying  instrument  unless the contract is held until
the  delivery  date.  However,  both the  purchaser  and seller are  required to
deposit  "initial margin" with a futures broker,  known as a futures  commission
merchant (FCM),  when the contract is entered into.  Initial margin deposits are
typically equal to a percentage of the contract's  value. If the value of either
party's  position  declines,  that party  will be  required  to make  additional
"variation  margin" payments to settle the change in value on a daily basis. The
party  that has a gain may be  entitled  to  receive  all or a  portion  of this
amount.  Initial and  variation  margin  payments do not  constitute  purchasing
securities   on  margin  for  purposes  of  an  Underlying   Fund's   investment
limitations.  In the  event of the  bankruptcy  of an FCM that  holds  margin on
behalf of an Underlying  Fund, such Underlying Fund may be entitled to return of
margin owed to it only in proportion  to the amount  received by the FMC's other
customers, potentially resulting in losses to such Underlying Fund.

PURCHASING PUT AND CALL OPTIONS

         By purchasing a put option,  an Underlying  Fund obtains the right (but
not the obligation) to sell the option's underlying instrument at a fixed strike
price.  In return for this right,  an  Underlying  Fund pays the current  market
price for the option (known as the option  premium).  Options have various types
of underlying instruments,  including specific securities, indexes of securities
prices, and futures contracts.  An Underlying Fund may terminate its position in
a put option it has  purchased  by  allowing it to expire or by  exercising  the
option.  If the option is allowed to expire,  an  Underlying  Fund will lose the
entire premium it paid. If an Underlying Fund exercises the option, it completes
the sale of the underlying  instrument at the strike price.  An Underlying  Fund
may also  terminate  a put option  position  by closing it out in the  secondary
market at its current price, if a liquid secondary market exists.

         The buyer of a  typical  put  option  can  expect to  realize a gain if
security  prices fall  substantially.  However,  if the underlying  instrument's
price does not fall enough to offset the cost of  purchasing  the option,  a put
buyer can expect to suffer a loss  (limited to the amount of the  premium  paid,
plus related transaction costs).

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

         The features of call options are  essentially  the same as those of put
options,  except  that the  purchaser  of a call  option  obtains  the  right to
purchase,  rather than sell,  the underlying  instrument at the option's  strike
price.  A call buyer  typically  attempts  to  participate  in  potential  price
increases  of the  underlying  instrument  with risk  limited to the cost of the
option if security prices fall. At the same time, the buyer can expect to suffer
a loss if  security  prices do not rise  sufficiently  to offset the cost of the
option.

WRITING PUT AND CALL OPTIONS

         When an Underlying Fund writes a put option, it takes the opposite side
of the  transaction  from the option's  purchaser.  In return for receipt of the
premium, such Underlying Fund assumes the obligation to pay the strike price for
the option's  underlying  instrument if the other party to the option chooses to
exercise it. When  writing an option on a futures  contract an  Underlying  Fund
would be  required  to make margin  payments  to an FCM as  described  above for
futures  contracts.  An Underlying  Fund may seek to terminate its position in a
put option it writes before  exercise by closing out the option in the secondary
market at its current  price.  If the  secondary  market is not liquid for a put
option an  Underlying  Fund has  written,  however,  such  Underlying  Fund must
continue to be prepared to pay the strike price while the option is outstanding,
regardless of price changes,  and must continue to set aside assets to cover its
position.  If security  prices  rise,  a put writer  would  generally  expect to
profit,  although  its gain would be  limited  to the  amount of the  premium it
received.

         If  security  prices  remain the same over time,  it is likely that the
writer will also profit,  because it should be able to close out the option at a
lower price.  If security  prices fall,  the put writer would expect to suffer a
loss.  This loss  should be less than the loss from  purchasing  the  underlying
instrument  directly,  however,  because  the premium  received  for writing the
option should mitigate the effects of the decline.

         Writing a call option  obligates an Underlying  Fund to sell or deliver
the  option's  underlying  instrument,  in return  for the  strike  price,  upon
exercise of the option. The  characteristics of writing call options are similar
to those of writing  put  options,  except that  writing  calls  generally  is a
profitable  strategy if prices remain the same or fall.  Through  receipt of the
option premium,  a call writer mitigates the effects of a price decline.  At the
same time,  because a call writer  must be  prepared  to deliver the  underlying
instrument in return for the strike price, even if its current value is greater,
a call writer gives up some ability to participate in security price increases.

COMBINED POSITIONS

         An Underlying  Fund may purchase and write options in combination  with
each other, or in combination with futures or forward  contracts,  to adjust the
risk and  return  characteristics  of the  overall  position.  For  example,  an
Underlying  Fund may  purchase a put option and write a call  option on the same
underlying instrument,  in order to construct a combined position whose risk and
return  characteristics  are  similar  to  selling a futures  contract.  Another
possible  combined  position  would involve  writing a call option at one strike
price and buying a call option at a lower price,  in order to reduce the risk of
the written call option in the event of a substantial  price  increase.  Because
combined  options  positions  involve  multiple  trades,  they  result in higher
transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

CORRELATION OF PRICE CHANGES

         Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded  options
and futures contracts,  it is likely that the standardized  contracts  available
will not match an Underlying Fund's current or anticipated  investments exactly.
An  Underlying  Fund may  invest  in  options  and  futures  contracts  based on
securities with different issuers, maturities, or other characteristics from the
securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the options
or futures  position will not track the  performance of such  Underlying  Fund's
other investments.

         Options and futures  prices can also  diverge  from the prices of their
underlying  instruments,  even if the underlying instruments match an Underlying
Fund's investments well. Options and futures prices are affected by such factors

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

as current and anticipated  short-term interest rates,  changes in volatility of
the  underlying  instrument,  and the time  remaining  until  expiration  of the
contract,  which  may  not  affect  security  prices  the  same  way.  Imperfect
correlation  may also result from differing  levels of demand in the options and
futures markets and the securities markets,  from structural  differences in how
options and futures and securities are traded, or from imposition of daily price
fluctuation  limits or trading  halts.  An Underlying  Fund may purchase or sell
options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities
it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate  for
differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this
may not be  successful in all cases.  If price  changes in an Underlying  Fund's
options or futures positions are poorly  correlated with its other  investments,
the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are
not offset by gains in other investments.

LIQUIDITY OF OPTIONS AND FUTURES CONTRACTS

         There is no  assurance  a liquid  secondary  market  will exist for any
particular  options or futures contract at any particular time. Options may have
relatively low trading volume and liquidity if their strike prices are not close
to the  underlying  instrument's  current  price.  In  addition,  exchanges  may
establish daily price fluctuation limits for options and futures contracts,  and
may halt  trading if a contract's  price moves upward or downward  more than the
limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price  fluctuation limit
is reached or a trading halt is imposed,  it may be impossible for an Underlying
Fund to enter  into  new  positions  or close  out  existing  positions.  If the
secondary  market for a  contract  is not  liquid  because of price  fluctuation
limits  or  otherwise,  it  could  prevent  prompt  liquidation  of  unfavorable
positions,  and potentially could require an Underlying Fund to continue to hold
a position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a
result, an Underlying Fund's access to other assets held to cover its options or
futures positions could also be impaired.

OTC OPTIONS

         Unlike exchange-traded  options, which are standardized with respect to
the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the
terms of  over-the-counter  options (options not traded on exchanges)  generally
are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract.
While this type of arrangement allows an Underlying Fund greater  flexibility to
tailor an option to its needs, OTC options generally involve greater credit risk
than exchange-traded  options, which are guaranteed by the clearing organization
of the exchanges where they are traded.

OPTIONS AND FUTURES RELATING TO FOREIGN CURRENCIES

         Currency  futures  contracts are similar to forward  currency  exchange
contracts,   except  that  they  are  traded  on  exchanges   (and  have  margin
requirements)  and are  standardized as to contract size and delivery date. Most
currency  futures  contracts call for payment or delivery in U.S.  dollars.  The
underlying  instrument  of a currency  option may be a foreign  currency,  which
generally is purchased  or delivered in exchange for U.S.  dollars,  or may be a
futures contract. The purchaser of a currency call obtains the right to purchase
the underlying  currency,  and the purchaser of a currency put obtains the right
to sell the underlying currency.

         The uses and risks of  currency  options  and  futures  are  similar to
options and futures  relating to securities or indexes,  as discussed  above. An
Underlying  Fund may  purchase  and sell  currency  futures and may purchase and
write currency options to increase or decrease its exposure to different foreign
currencies.  An Underlying Fund may also purchase and write currency  options in
conjunction  with each other or with  currency  futures  or  forward  contracts.
Currency  futures and options  values can be expected to correlate with exchange
rates,  but may not reflect other factors that affect the value of an Underlying
Fund's   investments.   A  currency  hedge,   for  example,   should  protect  a
yen-denominated  security  from a decline  in the yen,  but will not  protect an
Underlying  Fund against a price decline  resulting  from  deterioration  in the
issuer's   creditworthiness.   Because  the  value  of  an   Underlying   Fund's
foreign-denominated  investments  changes in response to many factors other than
exchange rates,  it may not be possible to match the amount of currency  options
and futures to the value of an Underlying Fund's investments exactly over time.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

ASSET COVERAGE FOR FUTURES AND OPTIONS POSITIONS

         Each  Underlying  Fund will comply with  guidelines  established by the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  with  respect to  coverage of options and
futures  strategies by mutual funds,  and if the  guidelines so require will set
aside appropriate liquid assets in a segregated  custodial account in the amount
prescribed.  Securities  held in a segregated  account  cannot be sold while the
futures or option strategy is  outstanding,  unless they are replaced with other
suitable assets. As a result, there is a possibility that segregation of a large
percentage of an Underlying  Fund's assets could impede portfolio  management or
an  Underlying  Fund's  ability to meet  redemption  requests  or other  current
obligations.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

LIFEUSA FUNDS, INC.

         As indicated in the  Prospectus,  each  Portfolio is subject to certain
policies and restrictions which are "fundamental" and may not be changed without
shareholder  approval.  Shareholder  approval  consists  of the  approval of the
lesser of (i) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of a Portfolio,
or (ii) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if the holders
of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of a Portfolio are present
or  represented by proxy.  Limitations 1 through 8 below are deemed  fundamental
limitations.  The  remaining  limitations  set forth  below  serve as  operating
policies of each Portfolio and may be changed by the Board of Directors  without
shareholder approval.

     Each Portfolio may not:

     1. Purchase the  securities of any issuer if such purchase  would cause the
Portfolio to fail to meet the requirements of a "diversified company" as defined
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").

     As  currently  defined  in the  1940  Act,  "diversified  company"  means a
management company which meets the following  requirements:  at least 75% of the
value of its  total  assets is  represented  by cash and cash  items  (including
receivables),  Government securities,  securities of other investment companies,
and other securities for the purposes of this calculation  limited in respect of
any one  issuer to an amount  not  greater  in value than 5% of the value of the
total assets of such management company and not more than 10% of the outstanding
voting securities of such issuer.

     2.  Purchase  the   securities  of  any  issuer  (other  than   "Government
securities"  as defined  under the 1940 Act and the  Underlying  Funds) if, as a
result,  more than 25% of the value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets  would be
invested in the securities of companies whose principal business  activities are
in the same industry.

     For purposes of applying this  restriction,  a Portfolio  will not purchase
securities,  as  defined  above,  such  that  25% or  more of the  value  of the
Portfolio's  total assets are  invested in the  securities  of  companies  whose
principal business activities are in the same industry.

     3. Issue any senior securities,  except as permitted by the 1940 Act or the
Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>


     4. Borrow  money,  except from banks for  temporary or  emergency  purposes
provided  that  such  borrowings  may not  exceed  33-1/3%  of the  value of the
Portfolio's net assets (including the amount borrowed). Any borrowings that come
to exceed this amount will be reduced within three days (not  including  Sundays
and  holidays) to the extent  necessary  to comply with the 33-1/3%  limitation.
This  limitation  shall not  prohibit  the  Portfolio  from  engaging in reverse
repurchase  agreements,  making  deposits  of  assets  to  margin  or  guarantee
positions in futures, options, swaps or forward contracts, or segregating assets
in connection with such agreements or contracts.

     To the extent the  Portfolio  engages  in  reverse  repurchase  agreements,
because  such  transactions  are  considered   borrowing,   reverse   repurchase
agreements are included in the 33-1/3% limitation.

     5. Act as an  underwriter  of  securities of other  issuers,  except to the
extent that in  connection  with the  disposition  of portfolio  securities  the
Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter under applicable laws.

     6. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of
securities  or  other  instruments.  This  restriction  shall  not  prevent  the
Portfolio  from  investing in  securities  or other  instruments  backed by real
estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.

     7.  Purchase  or sell  commodities  other than  foreign  currencies  unless
acquired as a result of  ownership  of  securities.  This  limitation  shall not
prevent the Portfolio from  purchasing or selling  options,  futures,  swaps and
forward contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by
commodities.

     8. Make loans to other persons except to the extent not  inconsistent  with
the 1940  Act or the  Rules  and  Regulations  of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.  This  limitation  does not apply to purchases of commercial  paper,
debt  securities  or  repurchase  agreements,  or to the  lending  of  portfolio
securities.

     9. Purchase securities on margin, except that the Portfolio may obtain such
short-term  credits as may be necessary  for the clearance of purchases or sales
of securities and provided that margin payments in connection with  transactions
in  options,  futures,  swaps  and  forward  contracts  shall  not be  deemed to
constitute purchasing securities on margin.

     10.  Sell  securities  short,  unless  it owns or has the  right to  obtain
securities  equivalent  in kind and amount to the  securities  sold  short,  and
provided that  transactions in options,  swaps and forward futures contracts are
not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

     For  purposes  of applying  this  restriction,  a  Portfolio  will not sell
securities short except to the extent that it contemporaneously  owns or has the
right to obtain, at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short.

     11.  Mortgage,  pledge or  hypothecate  its  assets  except  to the  extent
necessary to secure  permitted  borrowings.  This  limitation  does not apply to
reverse  repurchase  agreements or in the case of assets  deposited to margin or
guarantee positions in futures, options, swaps or forward contracts or placed in
a segregated account in connection with such contracts.

     12.  Participate  on a joint or a joint and several basis in any securities
trading account.

     13. Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments.

     14. Invest directly in interests (including  partnership interests) in oil,
gas or other mineral  exploration or development leases or programs,  except the
Portfolio may purchase or sell  securities  issued by  corporations  engaging in
oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development business.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>


         Any of a Portfolio's  investment  policies set forth under  "Investment
Objective and Policies" in the  Prospectus,  or any  restriction set forth above
under  "Investment   Restrictions"   which  involves  a  maximum  percentage  of
securities  or assets shall not be  considered  to be violated  unless an excess
over the  percentage  occurs  immediately  after an acquisition of securities or
utilization of assets and results  therefrom.  With respect to Restriction 13, a
Portfolio  is under a continuing  obligation  to ensure that it does not violate
the maximum  percentage  either by acquisition or by virtue of a decrease in the
value of the Portfolio's liquid assets.

     Because of their  investment  objectives and policies,  the Portfolios will
each concentrate  more than 25% of their assets in the mutual fund industry.  In
accordance with the Portfolios' investment programs set forth in the Prospectus,
each of the  Portfolios  may  invest  more  than 25% of its  assets  in  certain
Underlying Funds.  However, each of the Underlying Funds in which each Fund will
invest  will not  concentrate  more  than  25% of its  total  assets  in any one
industry.

UNDERLYING FUNDS

         Each  Underlying Fund is subject to certain  policies and  restrictions
which are  "fundamental"  and may not be changed without  shareholder  approval.
Shareholder approval consists of the approval of the lesser of (i) more than 50%
of the outstanding  voting securities of an Underlying Fund, or (ii) 67% or more
of the voting securities present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of
the  outstanding  voting  securities  of  an  Underlying  Fund  are  present  or
represented  by proxy.  Limitations  1 through  8 below are  deemed  fundamental
limitations.  The  remaining  limitations  set forth  below  serve as  operating
policies  of each  Fund and may be  changed  by the Board of  Directors  without
shareholder approval.

     Each Underlying Fund may not:

     1. Purchase the  securities of any issuer if such purchase  would cause the
Underlying Fund to fail to meet the  requirements of a "diversified  company" as
defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").

     As  currently  defined  in the  1940  Act,  "diversified  company"  means a
management company which meets the following  requirements:  at least 75% of the
value of its  total  assets is  represented  by cash and cash  items  (including
receivables),  Government  securities,  securities of other investment companies
and other securities for the purposes of this calculation  limited in respect of
any one  issuer to an amount  not  greater  in value than 5% of the value of the
total assets of such management company and not more than 10% of the outstanding
voting securities of such issuer.

     2.  Purchase  the   securities  of  any  issuer  (other  than   "Government
securities" as defined under the 1940 Act) if, as a result, more than 25% of the
value of the Underlying  Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities
of companies whose principal business activities are in the same industry.

     3. Issue any senior securities,  except as permitted by the 1940 Act or the
Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     4. Borrow  money,  except from banks for  temporary or  emergency  purposes
provided  that  such  borrowings  may not  exceed  33-1/3%  of the  value of the
Underlying  Fund's net assets  (including the amount  borrowed).  Any borrowings
that come to exceed this amount will be reduced within three days (not including
Sundays  and  holidays)  to the  extent  necessary  to comply  with the  33-1/3%
limitation. This limitation shall not prohibit the Underlying Fund from engaging
in  reverse  repurchase  agreements,  making  deposits  of  assets  to margin or
guarantee  positions  in  futures,  options,  swaps  or  forward  contracts,  or
segregating assets in connection with such agreements or contracts.

     To the extent the Underlying Fund engages in reverse repurchase agreements,
because  such  transactions  are  considered   borrowing,   reverse   repurchase
agreements are included in the 33-1/3% limitation.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

     5. Act as an  underwriter  of  securities of other  issuers,  except to the
extent that in  connection  with the  disposition  of portfolio  securities  the
Underlying Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under applicable laws.

     6. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of
securities  or  other  instruments.  This  restriction  shall  not  prevent  the
Underlying Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real
estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.

     7.  Purchase  or sell  commodities  other than  foreign  currencies  unless
acquired as a result of  ownership  of  securities.  This  limitation  shall not
prevent the Underlying Fund from purchasing or selling options,  futures,  swaps
and forward  contracts or from  investing  in  securities  or other  instruments
backed by commodities.

     8. Make loans to other persons except to the extent not  inconsistent  with
the 1940  Act or the  Rules  and  Regulations  of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.  This  limitation  does not apply to purchases of commercial  paper,
debt  securities  or  repurchase  agreements,  or to the  lending  of  portfolio
securities.

     9.  Purchase  securities  on margin,  except that the  Underlying  Fund may
obtain  such  short-term  credits  as may be  necessary  for  the  clearance  of
purchases or sales of securities and provided that margin payments in connection
with transactions in options,  futures, swaps and forward contracts shall not be
deemed to constitute purchasing securities on margin.

     10.  Sell  securities  short,  unless  it owns or has the  right to  obtain
securities  equivalent  in kind and amount to the  securities  sold  short,  and
provided that  transactions in options,  swaps and forward futures contracts are
not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

     11.   Except  as  part  of  a  merger,   consolidation,   acquisition,   or
reorganization,  invest  more than 5% of the  value of its  total  assets in the
securities  of any one  investment  company or more than 10% of the value of its
total assets,  in the  aggregate,  in the  securities of two or more  investment
companies, or acquire more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of
any one investment company.

     12.  Mortgage,  pledge or  hypothecate  its  assets  except  to the  extent
necessary to secure  permitted  borrowings.  This  limitation  does not apply to
reverse  repurchase  agreements or in the case of assets  deposited to margin or
guarantee positions in futures, options, swaps or forward contracts or placed in
a segregated account in connection with such contracts.

     13.  Participate  on a joint or a joint and several basis in any securities
trading account.

     14. Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments (10% for
IAI Developing Countries Fund and IAI Money Market Fund).

     15. Invest directly in interests (including  partnership interests) in oil,
gas or other mineral  exploration or development leases or programs,  except the
Underlying Fund may purchase or sell securities issued by corporations  engaging
in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development business.

     Any of an Underlying Fund's investment policies set forth under "Investment
Objectives and Policies" in the  Prospectus,  or any restriction set forth above
under  "Investment   Restrictions"   which  involves  a  maximum  percentage  of
securities  or assets shall not be  considered  to be violated  unless an excess
over the  percentage  occurs  immediately  after an acquisition of securities or
utilization of assets and results therefrom.  With respect to Restriction 14, an
Underlying  Fund is under a  continuing  obligation  to ensure  that it does not
violate the maximum  percentage either by acquisition or by virtue of a decrease
in the value of the Underlying Fund's liquid assets.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

                               PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

         Each Portfolio's  turnover rate is not expected to exceed 25% annually.
A Portfolio may purchase or sell  securities to: (a)  accommodate  purchases and
sales of its shares,  (b) change the  percentages of its assets invested in each
of the Underlying  Funds in response to market  conditions,  and (c) maintain or
modify the  allocation of its assets  between  equity and fixed income funds and
among the  Underlying  Funds  within  the  percentage  limits  described  in the
Prospectus.

     The turnover rates of the Underlying Funds have ranged from 39.2% to 284.1%
during  their most  recent  fiscal  years.  There can be no  assurance  that the
turnover  rates of these  Underlying  Funds will remain within this range during
subsequent fiscal years. High turnover rates may result in higher expenses being
incurred by the Underlying Funds.

                             INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE

         Advertisements  and other sales literature for each Portfolio may refer
to monthly, quarterly,  yearly, cumulative and average annual total return. Each
such  calculation  assumes all  dividends  and capital  gain  distributions  are
reinvested at net asset value on the appropriate reinvestment dates as described
in the Prospectus,  and includes all recurring fees, such as investment advisory
and management fees,  charged as expenses to all shareholder  accounts.  Each of
monthly,  quarterly  and yearly  total  return is computed in the same manner as
cumulative total return, as set forth below.

         Cumulative  total return is computed by finding the cumulative  rate of
return over the period  indicated  in the  advertisement  that would  equate the
initial  amount  invested  to the  ending  redeemable  value,  according  to the
following formula:
                           CTR = (ERV-P) 100
                                 ------- 
                                    P

         Where:            CTR      =       Cumulative total return;

                           ERV      =       ending redeemable value at the end
                                            of the period of a hypothetical
                                            $1,000 payment made at the 
                                            beginning of such period; and

                           P        =       initial payment of $1,000

         Average  annual total return is computed by finding the average  annual
compounded rates of return over the periods indicated in the advertisement  that
would  equate  the  initial  amount  invested  to the ending  redeemable  value,
according to the following formula:
                                    
                           P(1+T)n = ERV

         Where:            P        =       a hypothetical initial payment 
                                            of $1,000;

                           T        =       average annual total return;

                           n        =       number of years; and

                           ERV      =       ending redeemable value at the end 
                                            of the period of a hypothetical
                                            $1,000 payment made at the 
                                            beginning of such period.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

         A Portfolio may quote yield  figures from time to time.  The "yield" is
computed by dividing the net investment  income per share earned during a 30-day
period (using the average number of shares entitled to receive dividends) by the
net  asset  value  per share on the last day of the  period.  The yield  formula
provides for semiannual  compounding which assumes that net investment income is
earned  and  reinvested  at a  constant  rate  and  annualized  at the  end of a
six-month period.

                  The yield formula is as follows:

                           YIELD = 2[(a-b + 1)6 -1]
                                         cd

                  Where:   a = dividends and interest earned during the period.
                           b = expenses accrued for the period (net of 
                               reimbursements).
                           c   = the average daily number of shares  outstanding
                               during the period  that were  entitled to receive
                               dividends.
                           d = the net asset value of the Portfolio.


         In  advertising  and sales  literature,  each Portfolio may compare its
performance with that of other mutual funds, indexes or averages of other mutual
funds,  indexes  of  related  financial  assets  or data,  and  other  competing
investment  and  deposit  products  available  from or through  other  financial
institutions.  The  composition of these indices,  averages or products  differs
from that of a  Portfolio.  The  comparison  of a  Portfolio  to an  alternative
investment  should be made with  consideration  of  differences  in features and
expected performance.

         The  indexes  and  averages  noted  below  will be  obtained  from  the
indicated  sources or reporting  services,  which the  Portfolios  believe to be
generally  accurate.  Each  Portfolio  may also note its mention in  newspapers,
magazines,  or other media from time to time. However, such Portfolio assumes no
responsibility for the accuracy of such data.

     For example, (1) a Portfolio's  performance or P/E ratio may be compared to
any one or a combination of the  following:  (i) the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock
Index and Dow Jones  Industrial  Average so that you may compare the Portfolio's
results  with  those of a group  of  unmanaged  securities  widely  regarded  by
investors as representative  of the U.S. stock market in general;  (ii) Standard
and Poor's 500  Composite  Stock Price  Index,  a well  diversified  list of 500
companies  representing the U.S. Stock Market; (iii) Wilshire 5000 Equity Index,
which consists of more than 6,000 common equity securities,  covering all stocks
in the U.S. for which daily  pricing is  available;  (iii)  Wilshire 4500 Equity
Index,  which  consists  of all stocks in the  Wilshire  5000 except for the 500
stocks in the  Standard  and Poor's  500  Index;  (iv)  Morgan  Stanley  Capital
International EAFE Index, an arithmetic,  market  value-weighted  average of the
performance of over 900 securities listed on the stock exchanges of countries in
Europe,  Australia and the Far East; (v) MSCI EMF Index,  an arithmetic,  market
value-weighted  average of the  performance  of  securities  listed on the stock
exchanges of twenty-two developing countries;  (vi) MSCI EAFE + Select EMF Index
- - an arithmetic,  market value-weighted average of the performance of securities
listed on the stock  markets of  Europe,  Australia,  the Far East and  fourteen
developing  countries;  (vii) Goldman Sachs 100  Convertible  Bond Index,  which
currently  includes 71 bonds and 29  preferreds.  The original list of names was
generated  by  screening  for  convertible  issues of $100 million of greater in
market capitalization. The index is priced monthly; (viii) Salomon Brothers GNMA
Index,  which  includes  pools of mortgages  originated  by private  lenders and
guaranteed  by  the  mortgage   pools  of  the  Government   National   Mortgage
Association;  (ix)  Salomon  Brothers  High-Grade  Corporate  Bond Index,  which
consists of publicly issued, non-convertible corporate bonds rated Aa or Aaa. It
is a value-weighted, total return index, including approximately 800 issues with
maturities of 12 years or greater;  (x) Lehman Long-Term Treasury Bond, which is
composed of all bonds covered by the Shearson  Lehman Hutton Treasury Bond Index
with  maturities  of 10 years or  greater;  (xi)  Merrill  Lynch  Corporate  and
Government  Bond,  which  consists  of over  4,000  U.S.  Treasury,  Agency  and
investment grade corporate bonds; (xii) Lehman Corporate (Baa) Bond Index, which
consists of all publicly offered, fixed-rate,  nonconvertible domestic corporate
bonds  rated Baa by  Moody's,  with a maturity  longer than 1 year and with more
than $25 million  outstanding . This index  includes  over 1,000 issues;  (xiii)
Bond Buyer Municipal Index (20 year) Bond, a yield index on current coupon

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

     high-grade  general  obligation  municipal  bonds;  (xiv) Standard & Poor's
Preferred  Index, a yield index based upon the average yield of four high-grade,
non-callable  preferred stock issues;  (xv) NASDAQ  Industrial  Index,  which is
composed of more than 3,000  industrial  issues.  It is a  value-weighted  index
calculated  on price change only and does not include  income;  (xvi)  Composite
Index,  which  consists  of 70%  Standard  & Poor's  500  Index  and 30%  NASDAQ
Industrial  Index;  (xvii)  Composite  Index,  which  consists of 65% Standard &
Poor's 500 Index and 35% Lehman  Long-Term  Corporate  AA or Better  Bond Index;
(xviii) Composite Index, which consists of 65% Lehman Long-Term  Corporate AA or
Better  Bond  Index and a 35%  weighting  in a  blended  equity  composite  (75%
Standard & Poor's/BARRA Value Index and 25% Standard & Poor's Utilities Index.);
(xix)  Lehman  Long-Term  Corporate  AA or Better  Bond Index - consists  of all
publicly  issued,   fixed  rate,   nonconvertible   investment   grade,   dollar
denominated, SEC-registered corporate debt rated AA or AAA; (xx) Lehman Brothers
Aggregate  Bond  Index  -  which  is  a  market  weighted  index  that  contains
individually priced U.S. Treasury,  agency, corporate, and mortgage pass-through
securities  corporate rated BBB or better.  The index has a market value of over
$4 trillion; (xxi) Lehman Brothers Mutual Fund Short (1-5)  Government/Corporate
Index, a market weighted index that contains  individually priced U.S. Treasury,
agency and corporate investment grade bonds rated BBB or better, with maturities
between  1 and 5 years.  The index  has a market  value of over  $1.3  trillion;
(xxii) Lehman  Brothers  Mutual Fund  Intermediate  (5-10)  Government/Corporate
Index, a market weighted index that contains  individually priced U.S. Treasury,
agency, and corporate  securities rated BBB or better, with maturities between 5
and 10 years. The index has a market value of over $600 billion;  (xxiii) Lehman
Brothers  Mutual Fund Long (10+)  Government/Corporate  Index, a market weighted
index that  contains  individually  priced U.S.  Treasury,  agency and corporate
securities rated BBB or better, with maturities greater than 10 years. The index
has a market value of over $900 billion;  (xxiv) Russell 2000 Stock Index, which
consists of the smallest  2,000 stocks  within the Russell  3000; a  widely-used
benchmark for small  capitalization  common stocks;  (xxv)  Ibbotson  Associates
Yearbook,  which consists of various mutual fund performance data; (xxvi) Lipper
Balanced  Fund Average,  an industry  benchmark of average  balanced  funds with
similar  investment  objectives and policies,  as measured by Lipper  Analytical
Services,  Inc.; (xxvii) Lipper Non-Government Money Market Average, an industry
benchmark of average  non-government  money market funds with similar investment
objectives  and  policies,  as measured  by Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.;
(xxviii) Lipper Government Money Market Fund Average,  an industry  benchmark of
average  government  money market funds with similar  investment  objectives and
policies,  as measured by Lipper Analytical Services,  Inc.; (xxix) Lipper Small
Company Growth Fund Average,  which is the average  performance of small company
growth funds as defined by Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.  Lipper defines a
small company  growth fund as a fund that by  prospectus or portfolio  practice,
limits its  investments  to  companies  on the basis of the size of the company;
(xxx) Russell 3000 Index,  which consists of approximately  3,000 of the largest
stocks of U.S. domiciled  companies commonly traded on the New York and American
Stock Exchanges or the NASDAQ over-the-counter  market,  accounting for over 90%
of the market value of publicly traded stocks in the U.S; (xxxi) other groups of
mutual  funds,  including  the IAI Funds,  tracked  by:  (A)  Lipper  Analytical
Services, Inc., a widely used independent research firm which ranks mutual funds
by overall  performance,  investment  objectives,  and assets;  (B) Morningstar,
Inc., another widely used independent research firm which rates mutual funds; or
(C) other  financial or business  publications,  which may include,  but are not
limited to, Business Week,  Money Magazine,  Forbes and Barron's,  which provide
similar information; (2) the Consumer Price Index (measure for inflation) may be
used to assess the real rate of return from an  investment  in a Portfolio;  (3)
other U.S.  or foreign  government  statistics  such as GNP,  and net import and
export  figures  derived from  governmental  publications,  e.g.,  The Survey of
Current Business, may be used to illustrate investment attributes of a Portfolio
or the general economic business,  investment, or financial environment in which
such  Portfolio  operates;  (4) the  effect  of  tax-deferred  compounding  on a
Portfolio's  investment returns, or on returns in general, may be illustrated by
graphs,  charts,  etc.  where such graphs or charts  would  compare,  at various
points in time,  the return from an investment in such  Portfolio (or returns in
general) on a tax-deferred  basis  (assuming  reinvestment  of capital gains and
dividends  and  assuming  one or more tax  rates)  with the  return on a taxable
basis;  and (5) the sectors or  industries  in which a Portfolio  invests may be
compared to relevant indices or surveys (e.g., S&P Industry Surveys) in order to
evaluate a Portfolio's historical performance or current or potential value with
respect to the particular industry or sector.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

The names,  addresses,  positions and principal occupations of the directors and
executive officers of the Portfolios are given below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name and Address                         Age    Position             Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
- ----------------                         ---    --------             -------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>    <C>                  <C>
Noel P. Rahn*                            57     Chairman of the      Noel P. Rahn has been Chief  Executive  Officer
3700 First Bank Place                           Board                and a Director of the Adviser  since 1974.  Mr.
P.O. Box 357                                                         Rahn is also Chairman of the IAI Mutual Funds.
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440

Richard E. Struthers*                    44     President, Director  Richard  E.   Struthers   is   Executive   Vice
3700 First Bank Place                                                President  and a Director  of the  Adviser  and
P.O. Box 357                                                         has  served  the  Adviser  in  many  capacities
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440                                         since 1979.  Mr.  Struthers  is also  President
                                                                     and a Director of the IAI Mutual Funds.

Madeline Betsch                          54     Director             Madeline   Betsch,   until  April   1994,   was
19 South 1st Street                                                  Executive  Vice  President,  Director of Client
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401                                         Services,  of  CME-KHBB  Advertising  since May
                                                                     1985,  and prior  thereto was a Vice  President
                                                                     with    Campbell-Mithun,    Inc.   (advertising
                                                                     agency)  since  February  1977.  Ms.  Betsch is
                                                                     currently   retired.   Ms.  Betsch  is  also  a
                                                                     Director of the IAI Mutual Funds.

W. William Hodgson                       72     Director             W.  William   Hodgson   served  as  information
1698 Dodd Road                                                       manager  for the North  Central  Home Office of
Mendota Heights, Minnesota 55118                                     the  Prudential  Insurance  Company  of America
                                                                     from  1961   until   1984;   he  is   currently
                                                                     retired.  Mr.  Hodgson  is also a  Director  of
                                                                     the IAI Mutual Funds.

George R. Long                           66     Director             George R. Long  serves as  Director  of Pacific
29 Las Brisas Way                                                    Industries  and has been  Chairman  of Mayfield
Naples, Florida 33963                                                International    (financial   consultants   and
                                                                     venture  capitalists)  since 1973.  Mr. Long is
                                                                     also a Director of the IAI Mutual Funds.

                                     
J. Peter Thompson                        65     Director             J. Peter  Thompson  has been a grain  farmer in
Route 1                                                              southwestern  Minnesota  since  1974.  Prior to
Mountain Lake, Minnesota 56159                                       that,  Mr.   Thompson  was  employed  by  Paine
                                                                     Webber, Jackson   & Curtis, Incorporated, (a
                                                                     diversified financial services concern), most
                                                                     recently as Senior Vice President and General
                                                                     Partner. Mr. Thompson is also a Director of
                                                                     the IAI Mutual Funds.

Charles H. Withers                       69     Director             Charles H. Withers was Editor of the  Rochester
Rochester Post Bulletin                                              Post-Bulletin,  Rochester,  Minnesota from 1960
P.O. Box 6118                                                        through   March  31,  1980;   he  is  currently
Rochester, Minnesota 55903                                           retired.  Mr.  Withers  is also a  Director  of
                                                                     the IAI Mutual Funds.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

Archie C. Black, III                     34     Treasurer            Archie C. Black is a Senior Vice  President and
3700 First Bank Place                                                Chief Financial  Officer of the Adviser and has
P.O. Box 357                                                         served the Adviser in several  capacities since
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440                                         1987.  Mr.  Black is also  Treasurer of the IAI
                                                                     Mutual Funds.

William C. Joas                          34     Secretary            William  C.  Joas  is a Vice  President  of the
3700 First Bank Place                                                Adviser and has served as an  attorney  for the
P.O. Box 357                                                         Adviser   since   1990.   Mr.   Joas   is  also
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440                                         Secretary of the IAI Mutual Funds.

Susan J. Haedt                           34     Vice President,      Susan  J.  Haedt  is a  Vice  President  of the
3700 First Bank Place                           Director  of Mutual  Adviser  and  Director  of  Fund  Operations  .
P.O. Box 357                                    Fund Operations      Prior to  joining  the  Adviser  in  1992,  Ms.
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440                                         Haedt  served as a Senior  Manager at KPMG Peat
                                                                     Marwick LLP, (an international tax,  accounting
                                                                     and  consulting  firm).  Ms. Haedt is also Vice
                                                                     President,  Director of  Operations  of the IAI
                                                                     Mutual Funds.
</TABLE>

*  Directors  of the  Portfolios  who are  interested  persons  (as that term is
   defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940) of the Portfolios.

         Each Portfolio has agreed to reduced initial subscription  requirements
for  employees and  directors of the  Portfolio or the Adviser,  their  spouses,
children and  grandchildren.  With respect to such persons,  the minimum initial
investment in one or more of the IAI Family of Funds is $500;  provided that the
minimum  amount  that can be  allocated  to any one of the  Portfolios  is $250.
Subsequent  subscriptions  are  limited  to a  minimum  of $100  for each of the
Portfolios.

         No  compensation  is  paid  by a  Portfolio  to any  of  its  officers.
Directors who are not affiliated with the Adviser receive from the LifeUSA Funds
and IAI Mutual Funds a $15,000  annual  retainer,  $2,500 for each Board meeting
attended,  $3,600 for each Audit Committee  meeting attended (as applicable) and
$1,800 for each Securities Valuation Committee meeting attended (as applicable).
Each Portfolio will pay, on a quarterly  basis, its pro rata share of these fees
based on its net assets. Such unaffiliated  directors also are reimbursed by the
Portfolios for expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings.
                                    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Aggregate Compensation
                                                Aggregate Compensation               from the
                                                  from each Portfolio*        19 IAI Mutual Funds and
      Name of Person, Position                                                 6 LifeUSA Portfolios*
      ------------------------                 ---------------------          ------------------------
      <S>                                      <C>                            <C>
      Betsch, Madeline  -  Director                       $0                          $32,200

      Hodgson, W. William  - Director                     $0                          $32,200

      Long, George R.  -  Director                        $0                          $32,200

      Thompson, J. Peter  -  Director                     $0                          $32,200

      Withers, Charles H.  -  Director                    $0                          $32,200
</TABLE>

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

     ------------------------------------
     *   For the  calendar  year ended  December  31,  1996;  excludes  expenses
         incurred in connection with attending meetings.

         The Board of Directors for each of the  Portfolios  has approved a Code
of Ethics.  The Code  permits  access  persons to engage in personal  securities
transactions  subject  to  certain  policies  and  procedures.  Such  procedures
prohibit the  acquiring of any  securities  in an initial  public  offering.  In
addition, all securities acquired through private placement must be pre-cleared.
Procedures  have been  adopted  which  implement  blackout  periods  for certain
securities  transactions,  as  well  as a ban  on  short-term  trading  profits.
Additional  policies  prohibit  the  receipt  of  gifts  in  certain  instances.
Procedures have been implemented to monitor employee trading.  Access persons of
the Adviser are required to certify  annually that they have read and understood
the Code of Ethics.  An annual  report is provided to the  Portfolios'  Board of
Directors  summarizing existing procedures,  identifying material violations and
recommending any changes needed.

         Investment  Advisers,  Inc., the Portfolios'  investment adviser, is an
affiliate  of  the  Hill  Samuel  Group  ("Hill  Samuel").  Hill  Samuel  is  an
international  merchant  banking and financial  services firm  headquartered  in
London,  England.  Hill  Samuel  owns  controlling  interests  in  over  seventy
insurance,   merchant   banking,   financial   services  and  shipping  services
subsidiaries located in Western Europe, Asia, the United States,  Australia, New
Zealand and Great Britain.  The principal  offices of Hill Samuel are located at
100 Wood Street, London EC2 P2AJ.

         Hill  Samuel  is owned by  Lloyds  TSB  Group  plc  ("Lloyds  TSB"),  a
publicly-held financial services organization  headquartered in London, England.
Lloyds TSB is one of the  largest  personal  and  corporate  financial  services
groups in the United  Kingdom,  engaged in a wide range of activities  including
commercial and retail banking.  The principal  offices of Lloyds TSB are located
at St. George's House, 6 - 8 Eastcheap, London, EC3M 1LL.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT 
BETWEEN THE ADVISER AND LIFEUSA FUNDS, INC.

     Effective  November 6, 1996,  the  Portfolios  entered  into an  Investment
Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement with the Adviser. Pursuant to the
Investment  Advisory  and  Administrative  Services  Agreement,  the Adviser has
agreed to  provide  each  Portfolio  with  investment  advice,  statistical  and
research  facilities,  and certain  equipment and services,  including,  but not
limited to, office space and necessary  office  facilities,  equipment,  and the
services of required personnel and, in connection therewith, the Adviser has the
sole authority and responsibility to make and execute investment decisions for a
Portfolio within the framework of such Portfolio's investment policies,  subject
to review by the directors of the Portfolio. In addition, the Adviser has agreed
to  provide or arrange  for the  provision  of  required  administrative,  stock
transfer, redemption,  dividend disbursing,  accounting, and certain shareholder
services including,  without limitation, the following: (1) the maintenance of a
Portfolio's  accounts,  books and records; (2) the calculations of the daily net
asset value in accordance with an Portfolio's  current  Prospectus and Statement
of Additional  Information;  (3) daily and periodic reports; (4) all information
necessary to complete tax returns, questionnaires and other reports requested by
a Portfolio;  (5) the maintenance of stock registry records;  (6) the processing
of requested  account  registration  changes,  stock  certificate  issuances and
redemption  requests;  (7) the  administration  of payments  and  dividends  and
distributions   declared  by  an  Underlying  Fund;  (8)  answering  shareholder
questions; and (9) providing reports and other information.

     Because the Adviser  receives a management fee from the Underlying Funds as
discussed  below,  the Portfolios pay no  compensation  to the Adviser under the
Invesment  Advisory and  Administrative  Services  Agreement.  Each Portfolio is
responsible  for its own expenses that are not expressly  assumed by the Adviser
or any other  organization with which the Portfolios may enter into an agreement
for the performance of services. Each Portfolio is liable for such non-recurring
expenses as may arise, including litigation to which a Portfolio may be a party,
and it may have an  obligation  to indemnify  its  directors  and officers  with
respect to such litigation.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ADVISER AND UNDERLYING FUNDS

     Effective April 1, 1996 (February 1, 1996 for Capital Appreciation Fund and
November 6, 1996 for Latin America Fund),  each  Underlying  Fund entered into a
written agreement with the Adviser (the "Management Agreement"). Pursuant to the
Management  Agreement between each Underlying Fund and the Adviser,  the Adviser
has agreed to provide each Underlying Fund with investment  advice,  statistical
and research facilities, and certain equipment and services,  including, but not
limited to, office space and necessary  office  facilities,  equipment,  and the
services of required personnel and, in connection therewith, the Adviser has the
sole authority and responsibility to make and execute  investment  decisions for
an Underlying  Fund within the framework of such  Underlying  Fund's  investment
policies,  subject  to review  by the  directors  of the  Underlying  Funds.  In
addition,  the Adviser has agreed to provide or arrange for the provision of all
required  administrative,   stock  transfer,  redemption,  dividend  disbursing,
accounting,   and  shareholder  services  including,   without  limitation,  the
following:  (1) the  maintenance  of an Underlying  Fund's  accounts,  books and
records; (2) the calculations of the daily net asset value in accordance with an
Underlying  Fund's current  Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information;
(3) daily and periodic  reports;  (4) all information  necessary to complete tax
returns,  questionnaires  and other reports requested by an Underlying Fund; (5)
the  maintenance  of stock  registry  records;  (6) the  processing of requested
account  registration  changes,   stock  certificate  issuances  and  redemption
requests;  (7) the  administration  of payments and dividends and  distributions
declared  by an  Underlying  Fund;  (8)  answering  shareholder  questions;  (9)
providing  reports and other  information;  and (10) other services  designed to
maintain   shareholder   accounts.   The   Adviser   may  also  pay   qualifying
broker-dealers,  financial  institutions  and other  entities  that provide such
services.  In return for such services,  each  Underlying Fund has agreed to pay
the Adviser an annual fee as a  percentage  of such  Underlying  Fund's  average
daily net assets as set forth  below,  with the  exception of Reserve Fund which
has agreed to pay an annual fee at the rate of .85%.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Midcap Growth,
                               Capital Appreciation   Value and Regional    Bond and Government         Money
Daily Net Assets                       Fund                  Funds                 Funds             Market Fund
- ----------------               --------------------   ------------------    -------------------      -----------
<S>                            <C>                    <C>                   <C>                      <C>
For the first $250 million             1.40%                 1.25%                  1.10%               0.60%
For the next $250 million              1.35%                 1.20%                  1.05%               0.55%
Above $500 million                     1.30%                 1.10%                  1.00%               0.50%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Growth
                                          Developing                               and
                                        Countries Fund   International   Growth and Income Funds    Latin America
Daily Net Assets                                              Fund                                      Fund
- -----------------                       --------------   -------------   -----------------------    -------------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>             <C>                        <C>
For the first $100 million                   2.00%           1.70%                1.25%                 3.00%
For the next $100 - $250 million             1.95%           1.45%                1.15%                 2.95%
For the next $250 - $500 million             1.75%           1.30%                1.10%                 2.75%
Above $500 million                           1.65%           1.30%                1.00%                 2.65%
</TABLE>

     Under the Management Agreements, except for brokerage commissions and other
expenditures in connection  with the purchase and sale of portfolio  securities,
interest  expense,  and,  subject to the specific  approval of a majority of the
disinterested directors of an Underlying Fund, taxes and extraordinary expenses,
the  Adviser  has  agreed to pay all of an  Underlying  Fund's  other  costs and
expenses,  including,  for example,  costs  incurred in the purchase and sale of
assets, taxes, charges of the custodian of an Underlying Fund's assets, costs of
reports and proxy material sent to Underlying Fund  shareholders,  fees paid for
independent  accounting and legal services,  costs of printing  Prospectuses for
Underlying  Fund  shareholders  and registering an Underlying the Adviser Fund's
shares,   postage,   insurance  premiums,  and  costs  of  attending  investment
conferences.  The Management  Agreement  further  provides that the Adviser will
either  reimburse  an  Underlying  Fund  for the fees  and  expenses  it pays to
directors who are not "interested persons" of such Underlying Fund or reduce its
fee by an equivalent  amount. The Adviser is not liable for any loss suffered by
an  Underlying  Fund  in the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  and  obligations.  Some  of the
Underlying  Funds  currently  waive a portion of their fee,  as  directed in the
Portfolios' prospectus.

SUBADVISORY AGREEMENTS FOR INTERNATIONAL FUND, DEVELOPING COUNTRIES FUND 
AND LATIN AMERICA FUND

         Under the Subadvisory Agreements between IAI International Ltd. and the
Adviser,  the Adviser has delegated to IAI International Ltd. the sole authority
and responsibility to make and execute  investment  decisions for International,
Developing Countries and Latin America Funds within the framework of such Funds'
investment policies,  subject to review by the Adviser and the Funds' directors.
Under  the   Subadvisory   Agreements,   the  Adviser  has  agreed  to  pay  IAI
International  Ltd. an annual fee as a percentage of a Fund's  average daily net
assets as set forth below:

                             IAI LATIN AMERICA FUND

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Fee IAI International
                Daily Net Assets                         Receives Annually
                ----------------                        --------------------
                <S>                                     <C>
                For the first $100 million                      .675%
                For the next $100 - $250 million                 .65%
                For the next $250 - $500 million                .625%
                Above $500 million                               .60%
</TABLE>

         With  respect  to  Latin  America  Fund,   until  March  1,  1998,  IAI
International has voluntarily  agreed to waive its fee in excess of .625% of the
Fund's average daily net assets.

                          IAI DEVELOPING COUNTRIES FUND
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Fee IAI International
                Daily Net Assets                         Receives Annually
                ----------------                       --------------------
                <S>                                    <C>
                For the first $200 million                  1/2 of 1.25%
                For the next $200 million                   1/2 of 1.10%
                Above $400 million                          1/2 of 1.00%
</TABLE>


                             IAI INTERNATIONAL FUND
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Fee IAI International
                Daily Net Assets                         Receives Annually
                ----------------                      ----------------------
                <S>                                   <C>
                For the first $100 million                 1/2 of 1.00%
                For the next $100 million                  1/2 of .85%
                For the next $100 million                  1/2 of .75%
                Above $300 million                         1/2 of .70%
</TABLE>

DURATION OF AGREEMENTS

     Each  Investment  Advisory  and  Administrative  Services,  Management  and
Subadvisory  Agreement  will  terminate   automatically  in  the  event  of  its
assignment.  In  addition,  each  Agreement  is  terminable  at any time without
penalty by the Board of Directors of an Underlying Fund or by vote of a majority
of an Underlying Fund's  outstanding voting securities on not more than 60 days'
written  notice to the  Adviser,  and by the  Adviser  on 60 days'  notice to an
Underlying  Fund. Each Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year only
so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by either
the Board of  Directors  of an  Underlying  Fund or by vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities, provided that in either event such continuance is

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

also  approved by the vote of a majority of directors who are not parties to the
Agreement  or  interested  persons of such  parties  cast in person at a meeting
called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS FOR THE UNDERLYING FUNDS

     Each Underlying Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals which
is  responsible  for  making  the  day-to-day   investment  decisions  for  such
Underlying Fund. The teams managing the Underlying Funds are as follows:

     Martin  Calihan has  responsibility  for making the  day-to-day  management
decisions for Capital Appreciation Fund. Mr. Calihan is a Vice President and has
served as an equity analyst for the Adviser since 1992.  Before joining IAI, Mr.
Calihan was an equity analyst with Morgan Stanley and Company from 1991 to 1992,
and with State Street  Research  Management  from 1990 to 1991.  Mr. Calihan has
managed Capital Appreciation Fund since its inception.

     Suzanne Zak and David  McDonald have  responsibility  for the management of
Growth  Fund.  Ms. Zak is a Senior  Vice  President  and has served as an equity
portfolio  manager  since joining IAI in 1992.  Before  joining IAI, Ms. Zak had
been a Managing  Director of J & W Seligman from 1985 to 1992. Mr.  McDonald has
managed Growth Fund since September 1994, when he joined IAI as a Vice President
and equity  portfolio  manager.  Before joining IAI, Mr. McDonald was a Managing
Director  of  Wessels  Arnold &  Henderson  from  1989 to 1994 and an  Associate
Portfolio Manager with IDS Financial Services from 1986 to 1989.

     Donald Hoelting has  responsibility for the management of Growth and Income
Fund.  Mr.  Hoelting  is a Vice  President  of IAI and has  served  as an equity
portfolio  manager of IAI since joining IAI in April 1996. Prior to joining IAI,
Mr. Hoelting was Chief  Investment  Officer and Portfolio  Manager for Jefferson
National Bank and Trust from 1989 to 1996.

     Suzanne Zak has  responsibility  for the  management of Midcap Growth Fund.
Ms. Zak has managed Midcap Growth Fund since its inception.

     Mark Hoonsbeen has  responsibility for the management of Regional Fund. Mr.
Hoonsbeen is a Vice President and has managed  Regional Fund since he joined IAI
in 1994. Before joining IAI, Mr. Hoonsbeen served as an equity portfolio manager
for The St. Paul Companies Inc. from 1986 to 1994.

     Douglas Platt and Donald Hoelting have responsibility for the management of
Value Fund.  Mr. Platt has managed Value Fund since 1991.  Mr. Platt is a Senior
Vice  President  and has served as a portfolio  manager of IAI since  1967.  Mr.
Hoelting  has  managed  the Fund  since  August  1996.  Mr.  Hoelting  is a Vice
President  for IAI and has  served as an equity  portfolio  manager of IAI since
joining IAI in April 1996.

     R. David Spreng has been  responsible  for Underlying  Fund  investments in
restricted  securities,  including equity and limited  partnership  interests in
privately-held companies and investment partnerships,  since 1993. Mr. Spreng is
a Senior Vice President and has served IAI in several capacities since 1989.

     Larry Hill, Scott Bettin and Livingston Douglas have responsibility for the
management  of Bond Fund.  Mr. Hill is IAI's Chief  Fixed  Income  Officer and a
member of its Board of  Directors.  Mr. Hill has managed Bond Fund since joining
IAI in 1984.  Mr. Bettin is a Senior Vice  President of IAI and has managed Bond
Fund since joining IAI as a fixed income portfolio  manager in 1987. Mr. Douglas
is a Vice  President  of IAI and has  managed  Bond Fund since  joining IAI as a
fixed income portfolio manager in 1993. Prior to joining IAI, Mr. Douglas served
as a fixed income portfolio manager for Mackey-Shields Financial Corporation.

     Scott Bettin and Stephen Coleman have  responsibility for the management of
Government Fund. Mr. Bettin has managed Government Fund since its inception. Mr.
Coleman  is a Senior  Vice  President  of IAI and has  served as a fixed  income
portfolio  manager since joining IAI in 1991.  Mr.  Coleman  commenced  managing
Government Fund in January 1995.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>


     Roy  Gillson,  Nigel Hart and  Sookyong  Kwak have  responsibility  for the
management of Developing  Countries  Fund.  Mr.  Gillson is IAI  International's
Chief  Investment  Officer and a member of its Board of Directors.  Mr.  Gillson
joined IAI International in 1983 and has managed Developing Countries Fund since
its  inception  in February  1995.  Mr.  Hart is a Fund  Manager and has managed
Developing  Countries Fund since June 1996. Mr. Hart joined IAI International in
1991 as an equity  investment  analyst.  Prior  thereto,  he served as an equity
investment  analyst with Commercial  Union Asset Management since 1989. Ms. Kwak
is a Senior Fund Manager with IAI  International  and has managed the Fund since
June 1996.  Ms. Kwak joined IAI  International  in 1995.  From 1989 to 1990, she
served as a research analyst with Neuberger & Berman,  and from 1990 to 1992 she
was employed by Brown Brothers Harriman in a similar capacity. In 1992, Ms. Kwak
joined the  International  Finance  Corporation,  a private  sector of the World
Bank, where she served as a research analyst until 1995.

     Nigel Hart has responsibility for the management of Latin America Fund. Mr.
Hart is a Fund  Manager  with IAI  International  and has managed the Fund since
inception.  Mr. Hart joined IAI  International  in 1991 as an equity  investment
analyst.

     Mr. Gillson has responsibility for the management of the International Fund
and has managed the Fund
since 1990.

     The day-to-day  management of Money Market Fund is the responsibility of an
investment committee.

     Tim Palmer and Livingston Douglas have responsibility for the management of
Reserve Fund.  Mr. Palmer is a Senior Vice President and has served as portfolio
manager of IAI since 1990 and as a manager of Reserve Fund since 1991.  Prior to
joining IAI, Mr. Palmer was employed by the First Bank Systems  Capital  Markets
Group.  Mr. Douglas is a Vice  President of IAI and has co-managed  Reserve Fund
since joining IAI as a fixed income portfolio  manager in 1993. Prior to joining
IAI, Mr. Douglas served as a fixed income portfolio  manager for  Mackey-Shields
Financial Corporation since 1987.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         Each  Portfolio  has  adopted a Plan of  Distribution  relating  to the
payment of certain  expenses  pursuant  to Rule 12b-1  under the 1940 Act ("Rule
12b-1  Fees").  The Plans  were last  approved  by the Board of  Directors  at a
meeting on November 6, 1996.

         Rule  12b-1(b)  provides that any payments made by a fund in connection
with the  distribution of its shares may only be made pursuant to a written plan
describing all material  aspects of the proposed  financing of distribution  and
also requires that all agreements with any person relating to  implementation of
the plan must be in writing.  In addition,  Rule 12b-1(b)(1)  requires that such
plan be  approved  by a vote of at least a majority  of the  fund's  outstanding
shares, and Rule 12b-1(b)(2)  requires that such plan, together with any related
agreements,  be approved by a vote of the board of  directors of the company and
the directors of the company who are not  interested  persons of the company and
have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the plan or in
any agreements  related to the plan,  cast in person at a meeting called for the
purpose of voting on such plan or agreements. Rule 12b-1(b)(3) requires that the
plan or agreement  provide,  in substance:  (1) that it shall continue in effect
for a period of more than one year from the date of its  execution  or  adoption
only so long as such  continuance is specifically  approved at least annually in
the manner  described  in  paragraph  (b)(2) of Rule 12b-1;  (2) that any person
authorized  to direct  the  disposition  of  monies  paid or  payable  by a fund
pursuant to its plan or any related agreement shall provide to a fund's board of
directors,  and the directors shall review, at least quarterly, a written report
of the amount so expended  and the  purposes  for which such  expenditures  were
made;  and (3) in the case of a plan,  that it may be  terminated at any time by
vote of a majority  of the members of the board of  directors  of a fund who are
not  interested  persons  of the fund and have no direct or  indirect  financial
interest in the operation of the plan or in any  agreements  related to the plan
or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a fund.

                                      -31-

<PAGE>

     Rule  12b-1(b)(4)  requires  that such plans may not be amended to increase
materially the amount to be spent for distribution  without shareholder approval
and that all  material  amendments  of the plan must be  approved  in the manner
described in paragraph (b)(2) of Rule 12b-1.  Rule 12b-1(c) provides that a fund
may  rely  upon  Rule  12b-1(1)   only  if  selection  and   nomination  of  its
disinterested  directors are committed to the  discretion of such  disinterested
directors.  Rule 12b-1(e)  provides that a fund may implement or continue a plan
pursuant  to Rule  12b-1(b)  only if the  directors  who  vote to  approve  such
implementation or continuation  conclude, in the exercise of reasonable business
judgment  and in light of their  fiduciary  duties  under  state law,  and under
Section  36(a) and (b) of the 1940 Act,  that there is a  reasonable  likelihood
that the plan will benefit the fund and its shareholders.  At the meeting of the
Board of Directors on November 6, 1996,  the directors so concluded with respect
to each Portfolio's Plan of Distribution.

     As authorized by the Plan of  Distribution,  the Fund has retained  LifeUSA
Securities, Inc. ("LSI") to distribute Portfolio shares on a continuous basis as
principal  underwriter.  Each  Portfolio  has entered  into a  Distribution  and
Shareholder  Services  Agreement  with LSI pursuant to which each Portfolio will
pay LSI an annual fee of 0.75% of such Portfolio's  average daily net assets for
the servicing of shareholder  accounts and the distribution of Portfolio shares.
Until May 1,  1998,  LSI has  voluntarily  agreed to waive this fee in excess of
0.50% of a  Portfolio's  average  daily net  assets.  The 12b-1 Fee payable by a
Portfolio to LSI may be used by LSI to pay advertising and promotional  expenses
including,  without  limitation,  costs of printing and providing  Prospectuses,
Statements of Additional  Information,  annual reports and semiannual reports to
prospective  shareholders,  expenses of preparing and providing sales literature
advertising  of any type,  and  compensation  and benefits  paid to and expenses
incurred by personnel,  including supervisory personnel, involved in direct mail
and advertising  activities and activities  relating to the direct  marketing of
shares of the Portfolio to the public and  compensation  Authorized  Dealers who
have entered into sales agreements with LSI for their sale of Portfolio  shares.
The Rule  12b-1  Fee may also be used to  compensate  LSI for the  provision  of
certain services to Portfolio shareholders and Authorized Dealers. Such services
may  include  answering  shareholder  questions,  providing  reports  and  other
information and other services designed to maintain  shareholder  accounts.  LSI
may use the Rule 12b-1 Fee to make payments to  Authorized  Dealers that provide
such shareholder services.

                         CUSTODIAN, COUNSEL, AND ACCOUNTANTS

     The  custodian  for the  Portfolios  is Norwest Bank  Minnesota,  N.A. (the
"Custodian"),  Norwest Center, Sixth and Marquette,  Minneapolis,  MN 55479. The
Custodian takes no part in determining the investment policies of the Portfolios
or in deciding which securities are purchased or sold by the Portfolios.  All of
the instruments  representing  the investments of the Portfolios and all cash is
held by the Custodian.  The Custodian  delivers  securities against payment upon
sale and pays for securities against delivery upon purchase.  The Custodian also
remits  Portfolio  assets  in  payment  of  Portfolio   expenses,   pursuant  to
instructions  of  the  Portfolios'  officers  or  resolutions  of the  Board  of
Directors.  The  Custodian  also serves as  custodian of the  Underlying  Funds'
assets.

     Dorsey & Whitney LLP, 200 South Sixth  Street,  Minneapolis,  MN 55402,  is
independent  legal counsel for the Portfolios.  Dorsey & Whitney LLP also serves
as independent legal counsel for the Underlying Funds.

     KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, 90 South Seventh Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402, acts
as the Portfolios'  independent auditors. KPMG Peat Marwick LLP also acts as the
Underlying Funds' independent auditors.

                                      -32-

<PAGE>

               PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND ALLOCATION OF BROKERAGE

         Most of each Underlying Fund's portfolio transactions are effected with
dealers  without the payment of brokerage  commissions  but at a net price which
usually includes a spread or markup. In effecting such portfolio transactions on
behalf of an Underlying  Fund,  the Adviser  seeks the most  favorable net price
consistent with the best execution.

         Generally,  however,  an Underlying  Fund must deal with  brokers.  The
Adviser selects and (where applicable)  negotiates  commissions with the brokers
who execute the  transactions for such Underlying Fund. The primary criteria for
the  selection  of a broker is the ability of the broker,  in the opinion of the
Adviser,  to secure prompt  execution of the  transactions  on favorable  terms,
including the  reasonableness of the commission and considering the state of the
market at the time. In selecting a broker, the Adviser may consider whether such
broker  provides  brokerage and research  services (as defined in the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934).  The Adviser may direct  Underlying Fund  transactions to
brokers who furnish  research  services to the Adviser.  Such research  services
include advice, both directly and in writing, as to the value of securities, the
advisability  of  investing  in,  purchasing  or  selling  securities,  and  the
availability  of securities or purchasers or sellers of  securities,  as well as
analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities, economic factors
and trends,  portfolio strategy,  and the performance of accounts. By allocating
brokerage  business in order to obtain  research  services for the  Adviser,  an
Underlying  Fund enables the Adviser to supplement its own  investment  research
activities  and  allows  the  Adviser  to obtain  the views and  information  of
individuals  and research  staffs of many  different  securities  research firms
prior to making investment  decisions for an Underlying Fund. To the extent such
commissions  are  directed  to brokers  who  furnish  research  services  to the
Adviser,  the Adviser  receives a benefit,  not capable of  evaluation in dollar
amounts,  without  providing any direct  monetary  benefit to an Underlying Fund
from these commissions. Generally an Underlying Fund pays higher than the lowest
commission rates available.

         The  Adviser  believes  that  most  research  services  obtained  by it
generally  benefit one or more of the  investment  companies  or other  accounts
which it manages.  Normally research services obtained through  commissions paid
by the managed fund investing in common stocks and managed accounts investing in
common stocks would primarily benefit the Underlying Fund and accounts.

         There  is no  formula  for  the  allocation  by  the  Adviser  of  each
Underlying  Fund's brokerage  business to any  broker-dealers  for brokerage and
research services. However, the Adviser will authorize an Underlying Fund to pay
an amount of commission for effecting a securities  transaction in excess of the
amount of  commission  another  broker  would have  charged  only if the Adviser
determines  in good  faith  that such  amount of  commission  is  reasonable  in
relation to the value of the  brokerage and research  services  provided by such
broker viewed in terms of either that  particular  transaction  or the Adviser's
overall  responsibilities  with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises
investment discretion.

         Although   investment   decisions  for  an  Underlying  Fund  are  made
independently  from other  accounts  as to which the  Adviser  gives  investment
advice, it may occasionally  develop that the same security is suitable for more
than one account. If and when more than one account  simultaneously  purchase or
sell the same  security,  the  transactions  will be  averaged  as to price  and
allocated  as to  amount  in  accordance  with  arrangements  equitable  to each
Underlying Fund and such accounts. The simultaneous purchase or sale of the same
securities by an Underlying Fund and other accounts may have detrimental effects
on an  Underlying  Fund,  as they may affect the price  paid or  received  by an
Underlying Fund or the size of the position obtainable by an Underlying Fund.

         Consistent with the Rules of Fair Practice of the National  Association
of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  and  subject  to the  policies  set forth in the
preceding  paragraphs  and such other  policies as the Board of Directors of the
Underlying  Fund may  determine,  the Adviser may consider sales of shares of an
Underlying  Fund as a factor in the selection of  broker-dealers  to execute the
Underlying Fund's securities transactions.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>


                                  CAPITAL STOCK

     As of _________ , the  directors and officers of LifeUSA  Funds,  Inc. as a
group owned less than one percent of each Portfolio's  outstanding shares. As of
that date, the Portfolios were aware that the following  persons owned of record
five  percent  or more of the  outstanding  shares of each class of stock of the
Portfolios.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Percentage of Shares Owned
                                                      --------------------------
               <S>                                    <C>                                    
               LIFEUSA AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO               100%
               Life USA Securities, Inc.
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426

               LIFEUSA GROWTH PORTFOLIO                           100%
               LifeUSA Securities, Inc.
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426

               LIFEUSA GLOBAL PORTFOLIO                           100%
               LifeUSA Securities, Inc.
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426

               LIFEUSA BALANCED PORTFOLIO                         100%
               LifeUSA Securities, Inc.
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426


               LIFEUSA CURRENT INCOME PORTFOLIO                   100%
               LifeUSA Securities, Inc.
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426

               LIFEUSA PRINCIPAL PRESERVATION PORTFOLIO           100%
               LifeUSA Securities, Inc.
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426
</TABLE>

                    NET ASSET VALUE AND PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE

         The portfolio  securities in which each Portfolio  invests fluctuate in
value,  and  hence,  for each  Portfolio,  the net asset  value  per share  also
fluctuates.

         The net asset value per share of a Portfolio is  determined  once daily
normally  as of the close of trading on the New York  Stock  Exchange,  normally
3:00  p.m.  Central  time,  on each  business  day on which  the New York  Stock
Exchange  is open for  trading,  and may be  determined  on  additional  days as
required by the Rules of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission.  The New York
Stock  Exchange is closed,  and the net asset value per share of a Portfolio  is
not determined,  on the following national holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents'
Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,
and Christmas Day.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

                                   TAX STATUS

         The  tax  status  of  the  Portfolios  and  the  distributions  of  the
Portfolios are summarized in the Prospectus under "Dividends,  Distributions and
Tax Status." Each Portfolio  intends to fulfill the requirements of Subchapter M
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code"),  as a regulated
investment  company.  If so  qualified,  each  Portfolio  will not be liable for
federal  income  taxes to the extent it  distributes  its taxable  income to its
shareholders.

         To  qualify  under  Subchapter  M  for  tax  treatment  as a  regulated
investment company, each Portfolio must, among other things: (1) derive at least
90% of its gross income from  dividends,  interest,  and certain  other types of
payments related to its investment in stock or securities; (2) distribute to its
shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term
is defined in the Code determined  without regard to the deduction for dividends
paid) and 90% of its net  tax-exempt  income;  (3)  derive  less than 30% of its
annual gross  income from the sale or other  disposition  of stock,  securities,
options,  futures, or forward contracts held for less than three months; and (4)
diversify  its  holdings  so  that,  at the end of each  fiscal  quarter  of the
Portfolio,  (a) at least 50% of the market  value of the  Portfolio's  assets is
represented by cash, cash items,  U.S.  Government  securities and securities of
other regulated  investment  companies,  and other securities,  with these other
securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to an amount no greater than
5% of the  Portfolio's  total assets and no greater than 10% of the  outstanding
voting securities of such issuer,  and (b) not more than 25% of the market value
of the Portfolio's  total assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer
(other  than  U.S.  Government  securities  or  securities  of  other  regulated
investment companies).

         Each Portfolio is subject to a nondeductible  excise tax equal to 4% of
the excess,  if any, of the amount  required to be distributed for each calendar
year over the amount actually distributed. For this purpose, any amount on which
the  Portfolio is subject to  corporate-level  income tax is  considered to have
been  distributed.  In order to avoid the  imposition  of this excise tax,  each
Portfolio must declare and pay dividends  representing 98% of its net investment
income for that calendar  year and 98% of its capital gains (both  long-term and
short-term) for the twelve-month period ending December 31 of the calendar year.

         Any loss on the sale or  exchange  of shares of a  Portfolio  generally
will be  disallowed  to the extent that a  shareholder  acquires or contracts to
acquire shares of the same Portfolio within 30 days before or after such sale or
exchange.  Furthermore,  if  Portfolio  shares with respect to which a long-term
capital gain  distribution has been made are held for less than six months,  any
loss on the sale or  exchange  of such  shares  will be treated  as a  long-term
capital loss to the extent of such long-term capital gain distribution.

         For  federal  tax  purposes,  if a  shareholder  exchanges  shares of a
Portfolio for shares of any other Portfolio  pursuant to the exchange  privilege
(see "Exchange Privilege" in the Prospectus), such exchange will be considered a
taxable sale of the shares being exchanged.

     Dividends  generally are taxable to shareholders at the time they are paid.
However,  dividends declared in October,  November and December, made payable to
shareholders  of record  in such a month and  actually  paid in  January  of the
following year are treated as paid and are thereby taxable to shareholders as of
December 31.

         Pursuant  to the  Code,  distributions  of net  investment  income by a
Portfolio to a shareholder who, as to the United States,  is a nonresident alien
individual,   nonresident  alien  fiduciary  of  a  trust  or  estate,   foreign
corporation, or foreign partnership (a "foreign shareholder") will be subject to
U.S.  withholding tax (at a rate of 30% or lower treaty rate).  Withholding will
not  apply  if a  dividend  paid by a  Portfolio  to a  foreign  shareholder  is
"effectively  connected" with a U.S. trade or business of such  shareholder,  in
which  case  the  reporting  and  withholding  requirements  applicable  to U.S.
citizens or domestic  corporations  will apply.  Distributions  of net long-term
capital gains are not subject to tax  withholding  but, in the case of a foreign
shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, such distributions ordinarily
will  be  subject  to U.S.  income  tax at a rate  of 30% if the  individual  is
physically  present in the U.S. for more than 182 days during the taxable  year.
Each  Portfolio  will  report  annually  to its  shareholders  the amount of any
withholding.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>

         The foregoing  relates only to federal income taxation and is a general
summary of the  federal  tax law in effect as of the date of this  Statement  of
Additional Information.

                        LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

         Under Minnesota law, each  Portfolio's  Board of Directors owes certain
fiduciary  duties  to  the  Portfolio  and to its  shareholders.  Minnesota  law
provides that a director "shall discharge the duties of the position of director
in good faith,  in a manner the director  reasonably  believes to be in the best
interest of the corporation, and with the care an ordinarily prudent person in a
like position would exercise under similar circumstances." Fiduciary duties of a
director of a Minnesota corporation include, therefore, both a duty of "loyalty"
(to act in good faith and act in a manner reasonably  believed to be in the best
interests  of the  corporation)  and a duty of  "care"  (to act with the care an
ordinarily  prudent  person in a like  position  would  exercise  under  similar
circumstances).  Minnesota law authorizes corporations to eliminate or limit the
personal  liability of a director to the  corporation  or its  shareholders  for
monetary damages for breach of the fiduciary duty of "care."  Minnesota law does
not,  however,  permit a  corporation  to eliminate or limit the  liability of a
director  (i)  for  any  breach  of the  director's  duty  of  "loyalty"  to the
corporation or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
that involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law,  (iii) for
authorizing a dividend,  stock repurchase or redemption or other distribution in
violation of Minnesota law or for  violation of certain  provisions of Minnesota
securities  laws, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.  The Articles of Incorporation of LifeUSA Funds, Inc.
limit the  liability of directors to the fullest  extent  permitted by Minnesota
statutes, except to the extent that such liability cannot be limited as provided
in the Investment  Company Act of 1940 (which Act prohibits any provisions which
purport to limit the liability of directors arising from such directors' willful
misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence,  or reckless disregard of the duties
involved in the conduct of their role as directors).

         Minnesota  law does not  eliminate  the duty of "care"  imposed  upon a
director.  It only authorizes a corporation to eliminate  monetary liability for
violations of that duty. Minnesota law, further,  does not permit elimination or
limitation  of liability of "officers"  of the  corporation  for breach of their
duties as officers  (including  the liability of directors who serve as officers
for  breach  of their  duties  as  officers.)  Minnesota  law  does  not  permit
elimination  or  limitation of the  availability  of equitable  relief,  such as
injunctive  or  rescissionary  relief.  Further,  Minnesota  law does not permit
elimination or limitation of a director's  liability under the Securities Act of
1933 or the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, and it is uncertain whether and to
what extent the elimination of monetary  liability would extend to violations of
duties imposed on directors by the Investment  Company Act of 1940 and the rules
and regulations adopted under such Act.

                                      
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The  Fund  undertakes  to  file  a   Pre-Effective   Amendment  to  its
Registration  Statement  before  the date of the  Fund's  effectiveness  for the
purpose of providing an audited  balance sheet.  Such audited balance sheet will
be included in this Statement of Additional Information at that time.

                                      -36-

<PAGE>


                     APPENDIX A - RATINGS OF DEBT SECURITIES

         A rating of a rating service  represents  that service's  opinion as to
the credit quality of the rated security.  However, such ratings are general and
cannot be  considered  absolute  standards  of quality or  guarantees  as to the
creditworthiness  of an issuer.  A rating is not a  recommendation  to purchase,
sell or hold a security,  because it does not take into account  market value or
suitability  for a particular  investor.  Markets values of debt  securities may
change  as a result  of a  variety  of  factors  unrelated  to  credit  quality,
including changes in market interest rates.

         When a security  has been rated by more than one  service,  the ratings
may not coincide, and each rating should be evaluated independently. Ratings are
based on current  information  furnished by the issuer or obtained by the rating
services  from  other  sources  which they  consider  reliable.  Ratings  may be
changed,  suspended or withdrawn as a result of changes in or  unavailability of
such information, or for other reasons. In general, the Underlying Funds are not
required to dispose of a security if its rating  declines after it is purchased,
although they may consider doing so.

RATINGS BY MOODY'S
- -------------------

CORPORATE BONDS

     Aaa.  Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry the
smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edge."
Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally  stable margin
and  principal is secure.  While the various  protective  elements are likely to
change,  such  changes  as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely  to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

     Aa.  Bonds  rated Aa are  judged to be of high  quality  by all  standards.
Together with the Aaa group,  they  comprise  what are  generally  known as high
grade  bonds.  They are rated  lower  than the best  bonds  because  margins  of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements  may be of greater  amplitude  or there may be other  elements  present
which make the long term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

     A. Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be
considered  as upper  medium  grade  obligations.  Factors  giving  security  to
principal  and interest  are  considered  adequate,  but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

     Baa. Bonds rated Baa are considered  medium grade  obligations;  i.e., they
are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective  elements may be
lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great length of time.
Such  bonds  lack  outstanding  investment  characteristics  and  in  fact  have
speculative characteristics as well.

     Ba. Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their
future cannot be considered  as well assured.  Often the  protection of interest
and principal  payments may be very moderate,  and thereby not well  safeguarded
during  other  good and bad  times  over the  future.  Uncertainty  of  position
characterizes bonds in this class.

     B.  Bonds  rated  B  generally  lack   characteristics   of  the  desirable
investment. Assurances of interest and principal payment or maintenance of other
terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

     Caa. Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

     Ca. Bonds rated Ca represent  obligations  which are  speculative in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

     C. Bonds  rated C are the  lowest-rated  class of bonds and issued so rated
can be regarded as having  extremely  poor  prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing.

     Conditional  Ratings. The designation "Con." followed by a rating indicates
bonds for which the  security  depends  upon the  completion  of some act or the
fulfillment  of some  condition.  These are bonds  secured  by (a)  earnings  of
projects under  construction,  (b) earnings or projects  unseasoned in operating
experience,  (c)  rentals  which begin when  facilities  are  completed,  or (d)
payments to which some other limiting condition attaches.  Parenthetical  rating
denotes  probable  credit stature upon completion of construction or elimination
of basis of condition.

Note:  Moody's  applies  numerical  modifiers  1,  2,  and  3 in  the  Aa  and A
classifications  of its corporate bond rating  system.  The modifier 1 indicates
that the security  ranks in the higher end of its generic rating  category;  the
modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates that the
issue ranks in the lower end of its generic  rating  category.  With  respect to
municipal  securities,  those  bonds in the Aa, A, Baa,  Ba, and B groups  which
Moody's believes possess the strongest  investment  attributes are designated by
the symbols Aa1, A1, Baa1, Ba1, and B1.

COMMERCIAL PAPER

     Moody's  employs  the  following  three  designations,  all  judged  to  be
investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:

    Prime - 1  Superior  ability  for  repayment  of senior  short-term  debt
               obligations

    Prime - 2  Strong  ability  for  repayment  of  senior   short-term  debt
               obligations

    Prime - 3  Acceptable  ability for  repayment of senior  short-term  debt
               obligations

     If an issuer  represents to Moody's that its Commercial  Paper  obligations
are supported by the credit of another entity or entities, Moody's, in assigning
ratings to such  issuers,  evaluates  the  financial  strength of the  indicated
affiliated   corporations,   commercial  banks,  insurance  companies,   foreign
governments,  or other  entities,  but only as one  factor in the  total  rating
assessment.


RATINGS BY S&P
- --------------

CORPORATE BONDS

     AAA. Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. Capacity to pay
interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA. Debt rated AA has a very  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and repay
principal and differs from the higher rated issues only in small degree.

     A. Debt rated A has a strong  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal
although it is somewhat more  susceptible  to the adverse  effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>


     BBB.  Debt rated BBB is  regarded  as having an  adequate  capacity  to pay
interest and repay principal.  Whereas it normally exhibits adequate  protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for
debt in this category than in higher-rated categories.

     BB. Debt rated BB has less  near-term  vulnerability  to default than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse  business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions  which  could  lead  to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

     B. Debt rated B has a greater  vulnerability  to default but  currently has
the  capacity  to meet  interest  payments  and  principal  repayments.  Adverse
business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  will likely  impair  capacity or
willingness to pay interest and repay  principal.  The B rating category is also
used for debt  subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied
BB-rating.

     CCC. Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable  vulnerability to default,
and is dependent upon favorable business,  financial, and economic conditions to
meet timely  payment of interest  and  repayment of  principal.  In the event of
adverse business, financial or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

     CC. Debt rated CC is typically  applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C. The rating C typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which
assigned an actual or implied CCC-debt rating. The C rating may be used to cover
a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed but debt service payments
are continued.

     C1. The rating C1 is  reserved  for income  bonds on which no  interest  is
being paid.

     D. Debt rated D is in payment  default.  The D rating category is used when
interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the
applicable  grace  period  has not  expired,  unless S & P  believes  that  such
payments will be made during such grace  period.  The D rating will be used upon
the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

     In order to provide more detailed indications of credit quality, S&P's bond
letter ratings  described above (except for the AAA category) may be modified by
the  addition  of a plus or a minus sign to show  relative  standing  within the
rating category.

COMMERCIAL PAPER

     A. This highest rating category  indicates the greatest capacity for timely
payment. Issues in this category are further defined with the designations 1, 2,
and 3 to indicate the relative degree to safety.

     A-1. This designation  indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
payment is either  overwhelming  or very  strong.  Those  issues  determined  to
possess overwhelming safety characteristics are designed A-1+.

     A-2.  Capacity  for timely  payments  on issues  with this  designation  is
satisfactory.  However,  the  relative  degree  of  safety is not as high as for
issues designed A-1.

     A-3. Issues  carrying this  designation  have adequate  capacity for timely
repayment.  They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes
in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

                                       A-3

<PAGE>
                                     PART C


Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits

         (a)      Financial Statements (1) 

         (b)      Exhibits

                 (1)   Articles of Incorporation
                 (1A)  Certificate of Designation

                 (2)   Bylaws

                 (5)   Management Agreement (1)

                 (6A)  Distribution and Shareholder Services Agreement (1)

                 (6B)  Dealer Sales Agreement (1)

                 (6C)  Shareholder Services Agreement (1)

                 (8)   Custodian Agreement (1)

                 (10)  Opinion and Consent of Counsel (1)

                 (11)  Consent of Independent Auditors (1)

                 (13)  Letter of Investment Intent (1)   

                 (15)  Plan of Distribution (1)

- ---------------------------------

(1)  To be filed by Pre-Effective Amendment to Registrant's Registration
     Statement prior to the effective date of the Fund.

<PAGE>

Item 25. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant.

         See  the  sections  of  the  Prospectus   entitled   "Management"   and
"Description  of Common  Stock" and the section of the  Statement of  Additional
Information entitled "Management," filed as part of this Registration Statement.

Item 26. Number of Holders Securities.
- --------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Number of Record Holders
Portfolio                Title of Class                as of January __ , 1997
- ---------                --------------              -------------------------
<S>                      <C>                         <C>
LifeUSA Funds, Inc.      Common Stock (Series A)
                         Common Stock (Series B)
                         Common Stock (Series C)
                         Common Stock (Series D)
                         Common Stock (Series E)
                         Common Stock (Series F)
</TABLE>

                        

Item 27. Indemnification.
- -------------------------

     Article 7(d) of the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation provide that the
Registrant  shall indemnify such persons for such expenses and  liabilities,  in
such  manner,  under such  circumstances,  and to the full extent  permitted  by
Section 302A.521 of the Minnesota Statutes, as now enacted or hereafter amended;
provided,  however,  that no such  indemnification may be made if it would be in
violation of Section 17(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as now enacted
or hereinafter  amended,  and any rules,  regulations,  or releases  promulgated
thereunder.

     Section 302A.521 of the Minnesota Statutes provides:

     Subdivision  1.  Definitions.  (a) For purposes of this section,  the terms
defined in this subdivision have the meanings given them.

     (b) "Corporation"  includes a domestic or foreign  corporation that was the
predecessor of the corporation  referred to in this section in a merger or other
transaction in which the predecessor's existence ceased upon consummation of the
transaction.

     (c) "Official  capacity means (1) with respect to a director,  the position
of  director  in a  corporation,  (2)  with  respect  to a person  other  than a
director,  the  elective or  appointive  office or position  held by an officer,
member of a committee of the board, or the employment relationship undertaken by
an employee of the corporation,  and (3) with respect to a director,  officer or
employee of the corporation who, while a director,  officer,  or employee of the
corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation or whose duties
in that position  involve or involved service as a director,  officer,  partner,
trustee,  employee,  or agent of another  organization or employee benefit plan,
the position of that person as a director,  officer, partner, trustee, employee,
or agent,  as the case may be, of the other  organization  or  employee  benefit
plan.

     (d) "Proceeding" means a threatened, pending, or completed civil, criminal,
administrative, arbitration, or investigative proceeding, including a proceeding
by or in the right of the corporation.

         (e) "Special legal counsel" means counsel who has not  represented  the
corporation  or a related  organization,  or a  director,  officer,  member of a
committee of the board, or employee, whose indemnification is in issue.

     SUBD. 2. INDEMNIFICATION MANDATORY; STANDARD. (a) Subject to the provisions
of subdivision 4, a corporation  shall  indemnify a person made or threatened to
be made a party to a  proceeding  by reason of the  former or  present  official
capacity of the person against judgments,  penalties, fines, including,  without
limitation, excise taxes assessed against the person with respect to an employee
benefit plan,  settlements,  and reasonable expenses,  including attorneys' fees
and disbursements, incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding, if,
with  respect  to the  acts or  omissions  of the  person  complained  of in the
proceeding, the person:

     (1) Has not been  indemnified by another  organization or employee  benefit
plan for the same judgments,  penalties,  fines, including,  without limitation,
excise taxes  assessed  against the person with  respect to an employee  benefit
plan,  settlements,  and  reasonable  expenses,  including  attorneys'  fees and
disbursements,  incurred by the person in connection  with the  proceeding  with
respect to the same acts or omissions;

     (2) Acted in good faith;

     (3)  Received  no  improper  personal  benefit  and  section  302A.255,  if
applicable, has been satisfied;

     (4) In the  case of a  criminal  proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause  to
believe the conduct was unlawful; and

                                     III-2
<PAGE>

     (5) In the case of acts or omissions occurring in the official capacity
described  in  subdivision  1,  paragraph  (c),  clause  (1) or (2),  reasonably
believed that the conduct was in the best  interests of the  corporation,  or in
the case of acts or omissions  occurring in the official  capacity  described in
subdivision 1, paragraph (c), clause (3),  reasonably  believed that the conduct
was not opposed to the best interests of the  corporation.  If the person's acts
or omissions  complained of in the  proceeding  relate to conduct as a director,
officer, trustee, employee, or agent of an employee benefit plan, the conduct is
not  considered to be opposed to the best  interests of the  corporation  if the
person  reasonably  believed  that the conduct was in the best  interests of the
participants or beneficiaries of the employee benefit plan.

       (b) The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction,  or upon a plea of nolo  contendere or its  equivalent  does not, of
itself,  establish  that the person did not meet the  criteria set forth in this
subdivision.

     SUBD. 3. ADVANCES.  Subject to the provisions of subdivision 4, if a person
is made  or  threatened  to be  made a party  to a  proceeding,  the  person  is
entitled,  upon wrItten request to the corporation,  to payment or reimbursement
by the  corporation  of  reasonable  expenses,  including  attorneys'  fees  and
disbursements, incurred by the person in advance of the final disposition of the
proceeding,  (a) upon receipt by the corporation of a written affirmation by the
person of a good faith belief that the criteria for indemnification set forth in
subdivision  2 have been  satisfied and a written  undertaking  by the person to
repay all amounts so paid or reimbursed by the corporation,  if it is ultimately
determined that the criteria for  indemnification  have not been satisfied,  and
(b)  after a  determination  that the  facts  then  known to  those  making  the
determination would not preclude indemnification under this section. The written
undertaking  required by clause (a) is an unlimited  general  obligation  of the
person  making  it,  but need not be  secured  and  shall  be  accepted  without
reference to financial ability to make the repayment.

     SUBD. 4. PROHIBITION OR LIMIT ON INDEMNIFICATION OR ADVANCES.  The articles
or bylaws either may prohibit  indemnification or advances of expenses otherwise
required by this section or may impose conditions on indemnification or advances
of expenses in addition to the  conditions  contained  in  subdivisions  2 and 3
including, without limitation, monetary limits on indemnification or advances of
expenses,  if the  conditions  apply  equally to all  persons or to all  persons
within a given class. A prohibition or limit on  indemnification or advances may
not apply to or affect the right of a person to  indemnification  or advances of
expenses with respect to any acts or omissions of the person  occurring prior to
the  effective  date of a provision in the articles or the date of adoption of a
provision in the bylaws establishing the prohibition or limit on indemnification
or advances.

     SUBD.  5.  REIMBURSEMENT  TO WITNESSES.  This section does not require,  or
limit the ability of, a corporation to reimburse expenses,  including attorneys'
fees and disbursements, incurred by a person in connection with an appearance as
a  witness  in a  proceeding  at a time  when the  person  has not been  made or
threatened to be made a party to a proceeding.

     SUBD. 6.  DETERMINATION  OF  ELIGIBILITY.  (a) All  determinations  whether
indemnification  of a person  is  required  because  the  criteria  set forth in
subdivision 2 have been satisfied and whether a person is entitled to payment or
reimbursement of expenses in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding as
provided in subdivision 3 shall be made:

     (1) By the board by a majority of a quorum, if the directors who are at the
time parties to the proceeding are not counted for determining either a majority
or the presence of a quorum;

     (2) If a quorum  under  clause (1) cannot be  obtained,  by a majority of a
committee of the board,  consisting  solely of two or more  directors not at the
time  parties  to the  proceeding,  duly  designated  to act in the  manner by a
majority of the full board including directors who are parties;

                                     III-3
<PAGE>



     (3) If a  determination  is not made under  clause  (1) or (2),  by special
legal counsel, selected either by a majority of the board or a committee by vote
pursuant  to clause  (1) or (2) or, if the  requisite  quorum of the full  board
cannot be obtained and the committee cannot be established, by a majority of the
full board including directors who are parties;

     (4) If a  determination  is not  made  under  clauses  (1) to  (3),  by the
shareholders,  but the  shares  held by parties  to the  proceeding  must not be
counted in  determining  the presence of a quorum and are not  considered  to be
present and entitled to vote on the determination; or

     (5) If an adverse  determination  is made under clauses (1) to (4) or under
paragraph (b), or if no  determination is made under clauses (1) to (4) or under
paragraph (b) within 60 days after (i) the later to occur of the  termination of
a proceeding or a written request for indemnification to the corporation or (ii)
a written request for an advance of expenses,  as the case may be, by a court in
this state,  which may be the same court in which the  proceeding  involving the
person's liability took place, upon application of the person and any notice the
court requires.  The person seeking  indemnification or payment or reimbursement
of  expenses  pursuant to this  clause has the burden of  establishing  that the
person is entitled to indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses.

     (b) With  respect  to a person  who is not,  and was not at the time of the
acts or omissions  complained of in the  proceedings,  a director,  officer,  or
person  possessing,  directly  or  indirectly,  the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of the  corporation,  the  determination
whether  indemnification  of this person is required  because the  criteria  set
forth in  subdivision 2 have been  satisfied and whether this person is entitled
to payment or reimbursement of expenses in advance of the final disposition of a
proceeding  as provided in  subdivision  3 may be made by an annually  appointed
committee  of the  board,  having at least one  member  who is a  director.  The
committee shall report at least annually to the board concerning its actions.

     SUBD. 7. INSURANCE.  A corporation  may purchase and maintain  insurance on
behalf of a person in that  person's  official  capacity  against any  liability
asserted  against and incurred by the person in or arising  from that  capacity,
whether or not the corporation  would have been required to indemnify the person
against the liability under the provisions of this section.

     SUBD. 8. DISCLOSURE. A corporation that indemnifies or advances expenses to
a person in accordance  with this section in connection  with a proceeding by or
on behalf of the  corporation  shall report to the  shareholders  in writing the
amount of the  indemnification or advance and to whom and on whose behalf it was
paid not later than the next meeting of shareholders.

     SUBD. 9. Indemnification of other persons. Nothing in this section shall be
construed to limit the power of the  corporation  to indemnify  other persons by
contract or otherwise.

The Registrant undertakes that:

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
of paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered,  the Registrant  will,  unless,  in the opinion of its counsel,  the
matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

                                     III-4
<PAGE>

     In addition to the foregoing,  Registrant has obtained Errors and Omissions
and Director and Officer Insurance.  In obtaining such insurance,  the directors
have  determined  that  coverage  should be  obtained  for  certain  individuals
associated with the Registrant. The Board of Directors for the Registrant review
no less  frequently  than  annually  the  determination  that such  coverage  be
maintained.

Item 28. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser.
- --------------------------------------------------------------

     Information  on the  business  of  Investment  Advisers,  Inc.  ("IAI")  is
described  in  the  Prospectus  section  "Management"  and  in  Part  B of  this
Registration Statement in the section "Management."

     The senior officers and directors of IAI and their titles are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Name                          Title
     ----                          -----
<S>                                <C>
Jeffrey R. Applebaum               Senior Vice President
Scott Allen Bettin                 Senior Vice President
Archie Campbell Black, III         Senior Vice President/Treasurer
Iain D. Cheyne                     Director
Stephen C. Coleman                 Senior Vice President
Larry Ray Hill                     Executive Vice President
Richard A. Holway                  Senior Vice President
Irving Philip Knelman              Executive Vice President/Director
Rick D. Leggott                    Senior Vice President
Kevin McKendry                     Director
Timothy A. Palmer                  Senior Vice President
Peter Phillips                     Director
Douglas Rugh Platt                 Senior Vice President
Noel Paul Rahn                     Chief Executive Officer/Director
James S. Sorenson                  Senior Vice President
R. David Spreng                    Senior Vice President
Christopher John Smith             Senior Vice President/Secretary
Richard Edward Struthers           Executive Vice President
Suzanne F. Zak                     Senior Vice President
</TABLE>

         All of such  persons  have been  affiliated  with IAI for more than two
years except Messrs. Cheyne, McKendry and Phillips.  Prior to being appointed to
the Board in 1996,  Mr.  Cheyne was and  remains  General  Manager of  Corporate
Banking of Lloyds Bank plc, St. George's House, 6-8 Eastcheap,  London,  England
EC3M 1LL since 1972. Prior to being appointed to the Board in 1996, Mr. McKendry
was and remains  Bank  Counsel to Lloyds Bank Plc,  P.O.  Box 2008,  One Seaport
Plaza,  199  Water  Street,  New  York,  NY 10038,  since  1979.  Prior to being
appointed  to the Board in 1996,  Mr.  Phillips was and remains  Executive  Vice
President  and General  Manager of Lloyds Bank Plc,  P.O. Box 2008,  One Seaport
Plaza, 199 Water Street, New York, NY 10038, since 1993.

         Certain  directors and officers of IAI are directors and/or officers of
the  Registrant,  as  described in the section of the  Statement  of  Additional
Information  entitled  "Management,"  filed  as  a  part  of  this  Registration
Statement.

     The address of the officers and  directors of IAI is that of IAI,  which is
3700 First Bank Place, P. O. Box 357, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440.

         Certain of the officers and directors of IAI also serve as officers and
directors  of  IAI  International  Ltd.  Both  IAI  and  IAI  International  are
wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of Hill  Samuel  Group BV, a  London-based  merchant
banking and financial services firm which, in turn, is owned by Lloyds TSB Group
plc, a publicly-held  financial services organization based in London,  England.
The senior officers and directors of IAI  International  and their titles are as
follows:

                                     III-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                            Title
- ----                            -----
<S>                            <C>
Noel Paul Rahn                 Chairman of the Board of Directors
Roy C. GilThomas S. Smith                 Supervisor of Trust Serviceslson                 Chief Investment Officer/Director
Iain D. Cheyne                 Director
Irving Philip Knelman          Director
Hilary Fane                    Deputy Chief Investment Officer/Director
Feidhlim O'Broin               Associate Director
</TABLE>


         Certain of the officers and directors of IAI also serve as officers and
directors of IAI Trust Company, a wholly-owned  subsidiary of IAI. The principal
officers and directors of IAI Trust Company and their titles are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                            Title
- ----                            -----
<S>                             <C>
Richard E. Struthers            Chairman of the Board
Archie C. Black                 Director/President/Treasurer
Christopher J. Smith            Director/Vice President
Susan J. Haedt                  Director/Vice President
Steven G. Lentz                 Director/Secretary
Thomas S. Smith                 Supervisor of Trust Services
</TABLE>

Item 29.  Principal Underwriters
- --------  ----------------------

     (a)  None  
     (b)  LifeUSA  Securities,  Inc.  is  the  Portfolios'  principal
          underwriter.  Its officers and directors are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Name and Principal           Positions and Officers          Positions and Officers
                Business Address               with Underwriter                with Registrant
                ----------------               ----------------                ---------------
               <S>                          <C>                             <C>
               Robert MacDonald                   Director                         None
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426

               Mark Zesbaugh                 President, CEO, CFO,                  None
               300 South Highway 169         Secretary, Treasurer
               Minneapolis, MN   55426

               Margery Hughes                      Director                        None
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426

               Philip Rosenbaum               Financial Operations Officer         None
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426

               Bardea Huppert                 Senior Vice President, COO           None
               300 South Highway 169
               Minneapolis, MN 55426
</TABLE>
                                     III-6
<PAGE>

               (c)  None
               

Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records.
- --------  ---------------------------------

         The Custodian for Registrant is Norwest Bank Minnesota,  N.A.,  Norwest
Center, Sixth & Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479. The Custodian maintains
records of all cash  transactions of Registrant.  All other books and records of
Registrant,  including books and records of Registrant's  investment portfolios,
are maintained by IAI. IAI also acts as Registrant's transfer agent and dividend
disbursing agent, at 3700 First Bank Place, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.

Item 31. Management Services.
- -----------------------------
        Not applicable.

Item 32. Undertakings.
- ----------------------

         (a)      Not applicable.

         (b) Registrant  undertakes to file a  post-effective  amendment,  using
financial statements which need not be certified, within four to six months from
the effective date of the Registrant's 1933 Act Registration Statement.

         (c)  Registrant  undertakes to furnish each person to whom a prospectus
is delivered a copy of its latest  annual report to  shareholders,  upon request
and without charge.

                                     III-7
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the
Investment  Company Act of 1940,  Registrant  has duly caused this  Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the City of Minneapolis,  and State of Minnesota on the 15th day
of October, 1996.


                               LifeUSA FUNDS, INC.
                                  (Registrant)


                                   By /s/Richard E. Struthers
                                      Richard E. Struthers, President


         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:


/s/ Richard E. Struthers     President (principal            October 15, 1996
Richard E. Struthers         executive officer) & Director


/s/ Archie C. Black, III     Treasurer (principal            October 15, 1996
Archie C. Black III          financial and accounting
                             officer)

/s/ Noel P. Rahn             Director                        October 15, 1996
Noel P. Rahn


Madeline Betsch (1)          Director

William C. Hodgson (1)       Director

George R. Long (1)           Director

Peter J. Thompson (1)        Director

Charles H. Withers            Director


/s/ William C. Joas           October 15, 1996
Attorney in Fact

(1) Registrant's directors executing Powers of Attorney dated October 14, 1996.


<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
                                  -------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit No.       Exhibit Description                       Sequential Page No.
- -----------       -------------------                       -------------------
<S>               <C>                                       <C>
1                 Articles of Incorporation
1A                Certificate of Designation
2                 Bylaws

</TABLE>



                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                               LIFEUSA FUNDS, INC.


     For the  purpose of forming a  corporation  pursuant  to the  provision  of
Minnesota  Statutes,  Chapter 302A, the following  Articles of Incorporation are
adopted:

     1. The name of this corporation is LifeUSA Funds, Inc.

     2. This  corporation  shall have general  business  purposes and shall have
unlimited power to engage in and do any lawful act concerning any and all lawful
businesses for which corporations may be organized under the Minnesota Statutes,
Chapter 302A. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this corporation
shall have specific power:

     (a) To conduct, operate and carry on the business of a so-called "open-end"
management   investment   company  pursuant  to  applicable  state  and  federal
regulatory  statutes,  and exercise all the powers  necessary and appropriate to
the conduct of such operations.

     (b) To purchase, subscribe for, invest in or otherwise acquire, and to own,
hold,  pledge,  mortgage,  hypothecate,  sell,  possess,  transfer or  otherwise
dispose of, or turn to account or realize upon, and generally deal in, all forms
of  securities  of every  kind,  nature,  character,  type and  form,  and other
financial  instruments  which may not be deemed to be securities,  including but
not limited to futures contracts and options thereon.  Such securities and other
financial  instruments  may include  but are not  limited to shares  (including,
without  limitation,  shares  of other  investment  companies),  stocks,  bonds,
debentures,  notes,  scrip,  participation  certificates,  rights to  subscribe,
warrants,  options,  certificates of deposit,  bankers' acceptances,  repurchase
agreements,  commercial  paper,  chooses in action,  evidences of  indebtedness,
certificates of indebtedness  and certificates of interest of any and every kind
and nature  whatsoever,  secured and unsecured,  issued or to be issued,  by any
corporation,  company,  partnership  (limited or general),  association,  trust,
entity or person,  public or private,  whether  organized  under the laws of the
United States, or any state,  commonwealth,  territory or possession thereof, or
organized  under  the  laws of any  foreign  country,  or any  state,  province,
territory or possession  thereof, or issued or to be issued by the United States
government or any agency or  instrumentality  thereof or by a foreign government
or any agency or instrumentality thereof, financial futures contracts (including
securities  index and interest  rate  futures  contracts)  and options  thereon,
forward  foreign  currency  contracts and options  thereon,  and  obligations of
supernational agencies (e.g., the World Bank).

     (c) In the above  provisions  of this  Article  2,  purposes  shall also be
construed as powers and powers  shall also be  construed  as  purposes,  and the
enumeration of specific purposes or powers shall not be construed to limit other
statements of purposes or to limit purposes or powers which the  corporation may
otherwise  have  under  applicable  law,  all of the  same  being  separate  and
cumulative,  and all of the  same  may be  carried  on,  promoted  and  pursued,
transacted or exercised in any place whatsoever.


<PAGE>


     3. This corporation shall have perpetual existence.

     4. The  location  and post  office  address  of the  registered  office  in
Minnesota is 3700 First Bank Place, P.O. Box 357, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440.

     5. The total authorized number of shares of this corporation is 10 trillion
(10,000,000,000,000)  all of which  shall be  common  shares of the par value of
$.01 each.  The  corporation  may issue and sell any of its shares in fractional
denominations to the same extent as its whole shares,  and shares and fractional
denominations  shall have, in proportion to the relative  fractions  represented
thereby,  all the rights of whole shares,  including,  without  limitation,  the
right to vote, the right to receive dividends and  distributions,  and the right
to participate upon liquidation of the corporation.

     (a) Of said common shares 10 billion  (10,000,000,000) shares may be issued
in the series of common  shares hereby  designated  Series A Common  Shares,  10
billion  (10,000,000,000)  shares may be issued in the  series of common  shares
hereby designated Series B Common Shares, 10 billion (10,000,000,000) shares may
be issued  in the  series of common  shares  hereby  designated  Series C Common
Shares,  and 10 billion  (10,000,000,000)  shares may be issued in the series of
common  shares  hereby  designated  Series  D  Common  Shares.  The  balance  of
9,960,000,000,000  shares may be issued in such series  with such  designations,
preferences and relative,  participating,  optional or other special rights,  or
qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof,  as shall be  stated or
expressed in a resolution or  resolutions  providing for the issue of any series
of common  shares as may be adopted  from time to time by the Board of Directors
of this  corporation  pursuant to the  authority  hereby vested in said Board of
Directors.  The  Series A, B, C, and D Common  Shares  evidence,  and each other
series of common shares which the Board of Directors may establish,  as provided
herein,  may  evidence,  if  the  Board  of  Directors  shall  so  determine  by
resolution,  an interest in a separate and distinct portion of the corporation's
assets,  which  shall  take  the  form of a  separate  portfolio  of  investment
securities,  cash  and  other  assets.  Authority  to  establish  such  separate
portfolios is hereby vested in the Board of Directors of this corporation and by
Minnesota Statutes,  Section 302A.401,  Subd. 3, or any successor provision, and
such separate  portfolios may be  established by the Board of Directors  without
the  authorization  or  approval  of the holders of any series of shares of this
corporation.  Such investment portfolios in which shares of the series represent
interests are also hereinafter referred to as "series".

     (b) The shares of each series may be  classified  by the Board of Directors
in one or more classes with such  relative  rights and  preferences  as shall be
stated or expressed in a resolution  or  resolutions  providing for the issue of
any such class or  classes  as may be adopted  from time to time by the Board of
Directors of the  corporation  pursuant to the  authority  hereby  vested in the
Board of Directors and by Minnesota Statutes,  Section 302A.401, Subd. 3, or any
successor provision.  The shares of each class within a series may be subject to
such  charges  and  expenses  (including  by way of  example,  but not by way of
limitation,  front-end and deferred  sales  charges,  expenses  under Rule 12b-1
plans,  administrative  plans,  service plans,  or other plans or  arrangements,
however  designated)  adopted  from  time to time by the Board of  Directors  in
accordance,  to the extent applicable,  with the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,  the
"1940 Act"),  which  charges and expenses  may differ from those  applicable  to

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

another class within such series, and all of the charges and expenses to which a
class is  subject  shall be borne  by such a class  and  shall be  appropriately
reflected (in the manner  determined by the Board of Directors in the resolution
or  resolutions  providing for the issue of such class) in  determining  the net
asset value and the amounts payable with respect to dividends and  distributions
on and  redemptions or liquidations  of, such class.  Subject to compliance with
the  requirements  of the 1940  Act,  the  Board  of  Directors  shall  have the
authority   to   provide   the  shares  of  any  class   shall  be   convertible
(automatically,  optionally  or  otherwise)  into  shares  of one or more  other
classes  in  accordance  with  such   requirements  and  procedures  as  may  be
established by the Board of Directors.

     6. The  shareholders  of each series of common shares (or class thereof) of
this corporation:

     (a)  shall  not have the  right  to  cumulate  votes  for the  election  of
directors; and

     (b) shall have no  preemptive  right to subscribe to any issue of shares of
any series (or class  thereof) of this  corporation  now or  hereafter  created,
designed or classified.

     7. A description  of the relative  rights and  preferences of all series of
shares (and classes thereof) is as follows, unless otherwise set forth in one or
more  amendments  to  these  Articles  of  Incorporation  or in  the  resolution
providing for the issue of such series (and classes thereof):

     (a) On any matter submitted to a vote of shareholders of this  corporation,
all common shares of this  corporation  then issued and outstanding and entitled
to vote,  irrespective  of series or class,  shall be voted in the aggregate and
not by  series  or class,  except:  (i) when  otherwise  required  by  Minnesota
Statutes,  Chapter 302A, in which case shares will be voted by individual series
or class,  as  applicable;  (ii) when  otherwise  required  by the 1940 Act,  as
amended, or the rules adopted thereunder, in which case shares shall be voted by
the individual  series or class,  as applicable;  and (iii) when the matter does
not affect the interests of a particular series or class thereof,  in which case
only  shareholders of the series or class thereof  affected shall be entitled to
vote thereon and shall vote by individual series or class, as applicable.

     (b) All consideration  received by the corporation for the issue or sale of
shares of any series,  together with all assets, income,  earnings,  profits and
proceeds  derived  therefrom  (including  all  proceeds  derived  from the sale,
exchange or liquidation thereof and, if applicable,  any assets derived from any
reinvestment  of such  proceeds in whatever  form the same may be) shall  become
part of the assets of the  portfolio to which the shares of that series  relate,
for all  purposes,  subject  only to the  rights of  creditors,  and shall be so
treated  upon the books of account of this  corporation.  Such  assets,  income,
earnings,  profits and proceeds  (including any proceeds  derived from the sale,
exchange or liquidation thereof and, if applicable,  any assets derived from any
reinvestment  of such  proceeds  in  whatever  form the same may be) are  herein
referred  to as  "assets  belonging  to" a series of the  common  shares of this
corporation.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>


     (c) Assets of this  corporation not belonging to any particular  series are
referred to herein as "General  Assets".  General  Assets  shall be allocated to
each series in proportion to the respective net assets belonging to such series.
The determination of the Board of Directors shall be conclusive as to the amount
of assets, as to the  characterization  of assets as those belonging to a series
or as General Assets, and as to the allocation of General Assets.

     (d) The assets  belonging to a particular  series of common shares shall be
charged  with the  liabilities  specifically  on behalf of such series of common
shares ("Special Liabilities"). Where changes or expenses are imposed on a class
basis, as contemplated by Article 5(b), resulting liabilities shall be allocated
to the  applicable  class or classes.  Such assets  shall also be charged with a
share of the general liabilities of this corporation ("General  Liabilities") in
proportion  to the  respective  net assets  belonging  to such  series of common
shares.  The  determination  of the Board of Directors shall be conclusive as to
the amount of liabilities,  including  accrued expenses and reserves,  as to the
characterization  of any liability as a Special Liability or General  Liability,
and as to the allocation of General Liabilities among series.

     (e) The Board of  Directors  may,  to the  extent  permitted  by  Minnesota
Statutes,  Chapter 302A or any successor  thereto,  declare and pay dividends or
distributions  in shares or cash on any or all series (or  classes  thereof)  of
common shares, the amount of such dividends and the payment thereof being wholly
in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

     (f) In the event of the  liquidation or  dissolution  of this  corporation,
holders of the shares of any series shall have  priority over the holders of any
other  series with  respect  to, and shall be  entitled  to receive,  out of the
assets of this corporation  available for distribution to holders of shares, the
assets  belonging  to such  series  of  common  shares  and the  General  Assets
allocated to such series of common shares,  and the assets so  distributable  to
the holders of the shares of any series shall be distributed  among such holders
in  proportion  to the number of shares of such series held by them and recorded
on the books of this corporation, except that, in the case of a series with more
than one class of shares,  such distributions shall be adjusted to appropriately
reflect any charges and expenses borne by each individual class.

     (g) With the approval of a majority of the  shareholders  of each series of
common  shares from which assets are to be  transferred  present in person or by
proxy at a meeting called for the following  purpose (provided that at least 10%
of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of each such  series is present at such
meeting in person or by proxy),  the Board of Directors  may transfer the assets
of any series to any other series.  Upon such transfer,  the  corporation  shall
issue  common  shares  representing  interests in the series to which the assets
were transferred in exchange for all common shares representing interests in the
series from which the assets were transferred. Such shares shall be exchanged at
their respective net asset values.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>


     8. The  following  additional  provisions,  when  consistent  with law, are
hereby  established  for the management of the business,  for the conduct of the
affairs of the corporation,  and for the purpose of describing  certain specific
powers of the corporation and of its directors and shareholders.

     (a) In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute
and  pursuant to these  Articles of  Incorporation,  the Board of  Directors  is
expressly authorized to do the following:

     (1) to make,  adopt,  alter,  amend and  repeal  Bylaws of the  corporation
unless reserved to the shareholders by the Bylaws or by the laws of the State of
Minnesota,  subject to the power of the  shareholders  to change or repeal  such
Bylaws;

     (2) to distribute,  in its discretion,  for any fiscal year (in the year or
in  the  next  fiscal  year)  as  ordinary   dividends   and  as  capital  gains
distribution,  respectively,  amounts  sufficient to enable the corporation (and
each series  thereof) to qualify under the Internal  Revenue Code as a regulated
investment  company to avoid any liability for federal  income tax in respect of
such year. Any  distribution or dividend paid to  shareholders  from any capital
source shall be accompanied by a written statement showing the source or sources
of such payment;

     (3)  to  authorize,   subject  to  such  vote,   consent,  or  approval  of
shareholders and other conditions,  if any, as may be required by any applicable
statute, rule or regulation, the execution and performance by the corporation of
any agreement or agreements with any person, corporation,  association, company,
trust,  partnership (limited or general) or other organization whereby,  subject
to the supervision and control of the Board of Directors, any such other person,
corporation,  association,  company, trust, partnership (limited or general), or
other organization shall render managerial,  investment advisory,  distribution,
transfer agent,  accounting and/or other services to the corporation (including,
if deemed advisable,  the management or supervision of the investment portfolios
of the  corporation)  upon such terms and  conditions as may be provided in such
agreement or agreements;

     (4) to authorize any agreement of the character described in subparagraph 3
of this paragraph (a) with any person, corporation, association, company, trust,
partnership (limited or general) or other organization,  although one or more of
the members of the Board of Directors or officers of the  corporation may be the
other  party  to  any  such  agreement  or  an  officer,   director,   employee,
shareholder,  or member of such  other  party,  and no such  agreement  shall be
invalidated  or  rendered  voidable  by  reason  of the  existence  of any  such
relationship;

     (5) to allot and  authorize  the  issuance of the  authorized  but unissued
shares of any series, or class thereof, of this corporation;

                                      -5-
<PAGE>


     (6) to accept or reject  subscriptions  for shares of any series,  or class
thereof, made after incorporation;

     (7) to fix the  terms,  conditions  and  provisions  of and  authorize  the
issuance of options to purchase or subscribe for shares of any series,  or class
thereof,  including  the option price or prices at which shares may be purchased
or subscribed for;

     (8) to take any  action  which  might be taken at a meeting of the Board of
Directors, or any duly constituted committee thereof, without a meeting pursuant
to a writing signed by that number of directors or committee  members that would
be required to take the same  action at a meeting of the Board of  Directors  or
committee  thereof at which all  directors  or committee  members were  present;
provided, however, that, if such action also requires shareholder approval, such
writing must be signed by all of the directors or committee  members entitled to
vote on such matter;

     (9) to  determine  what  constitutes  net income,  total assets and the net
asset value of the shares of each series (or class thereof) of the  corporation.
Any such determination made in good faith shall be and conclusive,  and shall be
binding  upon the  corporation,  and all holders  (past,  present and future) of
shares of each series and class thereof; and

     (10) without shareholder action, to select and from time to time to change,
the names of the  series and  classes of shares  designated  in or  pursuant  to
Article 5.

     (b) Except as provided in the next sentence of this paragraph  (b),  shares
of any series, or class thereof, hereafter issued which are redeemed, exchanged,
or  otherwise  acquired  by  the  corporation  shall  return  to the  status  of
authorized  and unissued  shares of such series or class.  Upon the  redemption,
exchange,  or other acquisition by the corporation of all outstanding  shares of
any series (or class thereof), hereafter issued, such shares shall return to the
status of authorized and unissued shares without designation as to series (if no
shares of the series  remain  outstanding)  or with the same  designation  as to
series,  but no  designation  as to class  within such series (if shares of such
series  remain  outstanding,   but  no  shares  of  such  class  thereof  remain
outstanding),  and all provisions of these articles of incorporation relating to
such series,  or class thereof  (including,  without  limitation,  any statement
establishing  or fixing the  rights and  preferences  of such  series,  or class
thereof),  shall  cease to be of further  effect and shall cease to be a part of
these  articles.  Upon the occurrence of such events,  the Board of Directors of
the corporation  shall have the power,  pursuant to Minnesota  Statutes Sections
302A.133 or 302A.135 Subd. 5, as applicable,  or or any successor  provision and
without  shareholder  action,  to cause a statement of  cancellation or restated
articles of  incorporation  of the corporation to be prepared and filed with the
Secretary  of State of the State of  Minnesota  which  reflect such removal from
these articles of all such provisions relating to such series, or class thereof.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>


     (c)  The  determination  as to any  of the  following  matters  made  by or
pursuant  to the  direction  of the Board of  Directors  consistent  with  these
Articles of Incorporation and in the absence of willful misfeasance,  bad faith,
gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties,  shall be final and conclusive
and shall be  binding  upon the  corporation  and every  holder of shares of its
capital stock:  namely, the amount of the assets,  obligations,  liabilities and
expenses of each series (or class thereof) of the corporation; the amount of the
net income of each series (or class thereof) of the  corporation  from dividends
and  interest  for any  period  and the  amount of  assets  at any time  legally
available  for the payment of dividends in each series (or class  thereof);  the
amount of paid-in surplus,  other surplus,  annual or other net profits,  or net
assets in excess of capital, undivided profits, or excess of profits over losses
on sales of securities of each series (or class thereof);  the amount,  purpose,
time of  creation,  increase or  decrease,  alteration  or  cancellation  of any
reserves or charges and the propriety  thereof (whether or not any obligation or
liability  for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have
been paid or  discharged);  the market value, or any sale, bid or asked price to
be applied in determining  the market value, of any security owned or held by or
in each series of the corporation; the fair value of any other asset owned by or
in each  series of the  corporation;  the number of shares of each series of the
corporation issued or assumable; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding
and  disposition  of  securities  and  other  assets  by each  portfolio  of the
corporation;  and any  question  as to whether  any  transaction  constitutes  a
purchase of securities on margin, a short sale of securities, or an underwriting
of the sale  of,  or  participation  in any  underwriting  or  selling  group in
connection with, the public distribution of any securities.

     (d) The Board of  Directors  or the  shareholders  of the  corporation  may
adopt,  amend,  affirm or  reject  investment  policies  and  restrictions  upon
investment  or the use of  assets  of each  series  of the  corporation  and may
designate some such policies as fundamental and not subject to change other than
by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities,  as such phrase is
defined in the 1940 Act, of the affected series of the corporation.

     9. The  corporation  shall  indemnify  such  persons for such  expenses and
liabilities,  in such manner,  under such circumstances,  and to the full extent
permitted  by Section  302A.521  of the  Minnesota  Statutes,  as now enacted or
hereafter amended,  provided,  however, that no such indemnification may be made
if it would be in violation of Section  17(h) of the 1940 Act, as now enacted or
hereafter amended.

     10. To the fullest extent permitted by the Minnesota Business
Corporation  Act as the same  exists or may  hereafter  be  amended  (except  as
prohibited by the 1940 Act, as the same exists or may  hereafter be amended),  a
director  of this  corporation  shall not be liable to this  corporation  or its
shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>


     11. The names and post office addresses of the first directors, who
shall  serve  until the first  regular  meeting of  shareholders  or until their
successors are elected and qualified, are:

     Madeline Betsch           19 South 1st Street
                               Apt. B2501
                               Minneapolis, MN 55401

     W. William Hodgson        1658 Dodd Road
                               Mendota Heights, MN 55118

     George R. Long            29 Las Brisas
                               Naples, FL 33963

     Noel P. Rahn              3700 First Bank Place
                               P.O. Box 357
                               Minneapolis, MN 55440

     J. Peter Thompson         Rural Route 1
                               Mountain Lake, MN 56159

     Richard E. Struthers      3700 First Bank Place
                               P.O. Box 357
                               Minneapolis, MN 55440

     Charles H. Withers        Rochester Post Bulletin
                               P.O. Box 6118
                               Rochester, MN 55903

     12. The names and post office address of the incorporator, who is a natural
person of full age, is:

     Steven G. Lentz           3700 First Bank Place
                               P.O. Box 357
                               Minneapolis, MN 55440

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned  sole  incorporator has executed these
Articles of Incorporation on April 23, 1996.


                                 /s/ Steven G. Lentz
                                 Steven G. Lentz


                           CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
                           OF SERIES OF COMMON SHARES


     The undersigned,  Secretary of LifeUSA Funds, Inc., a Minnesota corporation
(the "Corporation"), hereby certifies that the following is a true, complete and
correct copy of  resolutions  duly adopted by a majority of the directors of the
Board of  Directors  through  a  written  action  taken  without  a  meeting  in
accordance with Minnesota Statues, Section 302A.239.


                   DESIGNATION OF SERIES E AND F COMMON SHARES

     WHEREAS,   LifeUSA   Funds,   Inc.  (the   "Corporation")   has  authorized
10,000,000,000,000  shares of common stock,  $.01 par value per share,  of which
10,000,000,000 are designated Series A Common Shares,  10,000,000,000 shares are
designated Series B Common Shares, 10,000,000,000 shares are designated Series C
Common Shares, and 10,000,000,000  shares are designated Series D Common Shares,
as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation; and

     WHEREAS,  said Articles of Incorporation  set forth that the balance of the
authorized but unissued shares of common stock may be issued in such series with
such designations,  preferences and relative,  participating,  optional or other
special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall
be stated or expressed in a resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of
any series of common  shares as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  BE IT  RESOLVED,  that  10,000,000,000  of the  remaining
authorized  but unissued  common shares of the  Corporation  be, and they hereby
are,  designated as Series E Common Shares,  and 10,000,000,000 of the remaining
authorized  but uniussed  common shares of the  Corporation  be, and they hereby
are, designated as Series F Common Shares, and said Series E and F Common Shares
each  shall  represent  interests  in a  separate  and  distinct  portion of the
Corporation's  assets  which  shall  take the form of a  separate  portfolio  of
investment securities, cash and other assets.

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that Articles 6, 7 and 8 of the Articles of Incorporation
of the Corporation  setting forth the  preferences and relative,  participating,
optional  or  other  special  rights,   and   qualifications,   limitations  and
restrictions  thereof,  of and among each  series of common  shares be, and they
hereby are, adopted as the preferences and relative, participating, optional and
other rights, and the qualifications,  limitations and restrictions  thereof, of
and among the Series E and F Common Shares  designated hereby and in relation to
the  Series A, B, C and D Common  Shares  of the  Corporation  designated  prior
hereto.

     BE IT FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that the officers of the  Corporation  are hereby
authorized  and  directed  to the  file  with the  office  of the  Secretary  of
Minnesota,  a Certificate of Designation  setting forth the relative  rights and
preferences  of the Series E and F Common Shares,  as required by Subd.  3(b) of
Section 401 of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act.


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  signed  this  Certificate  of
Designation on behalf of LifeUSA Funds, Inc. this 15th day of October, 1996.


                                            /s/William C. Joas, Secretary



                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                               LIFEUSA FUNDS, INC.


                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

     Section 1.01. Name. The name of the corporation is LifeUSA Funds,  Inc. The
name of the  series  represented  by Series A Common  Shares  shall be  "LifeUSA
Aggressive  Growth  Portfolio."  The name of the series  represented by Series B
Common  Shares  shall be  "LifeUSA  Growth  Portfolio."  The name of the  series
represented by Series C Common Shares shall be "LifeUSA  Global  Portfolio." The
name of the  series  represented  by Series D Common  Shares  shall be  "LifeUSA
Balanced  Portfolio."  The name of the  series  represented  by  Series E Common
Shares  shall be  "LifeUSA  Current  Income  Portfolio."  The name of the series
represented by Series F Common Shares shall be "LifeUSA  Principal  Preservation
Portfolio."

     Section 1.02.  Registered  Office. The registered office of the corporation
in Minnesota shall be that set forth in the Articles of  Incorporation or in the
most recent  amendment of the Articles of  Incorporation  or  resolution  of the
directors filed with the Secretary of State of Minnesota changing the registered
office.

     Section 1.03.  Other Offices.  The  corporation may have such other offices
and places of  businesses,  within or  without  the State of  Minnesota,  as the
directors shall, from time to time, determine.


                                   ARTICLE II
                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     Section 2.01. Place and Time of Meetings.  Except as provided  otherwise by
Minnesota Statutes Chapter 302A, meetings of the shareholders may be held at any
place,  within or without the State of  Minnesota,  designated  by the directors
and, in the absence of such designation,  shall be held at the registered office
of the corporation in the State of Minnesota.  The directors shall designate the
time of day for each  meeting  and,  in the absence of such  designation,  every
meeting of shareholders shall be held at ten o'clock a.m.

     Section 2.02.  Regular  Meetings.  Annual meetings of shareholders  are not
required  by these  Bylaws.  Regular  meetings  shall  be held  only  with  such
frequency and at such times and places as provided in and required by law.

     Section 2.03. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may be
held at any time and for any  purpose  and may be called by the  Chairman of the
Board, the President,  or two or more directors,  or by one or more shareholders
holding ten percent (10%) or more of the shares  entitled to vote on the matters
to be presented to the meeting, except that a special meeting for the purpose of
considering any action directly or indirectly to facilitate or effect a business
combination,  including any action to change or otherwise affect the composition
of the Board of Directors for that purpose,  must be called by 25% of the voting
power of all shares entitled to vote.

     Section 2.04. Quorum;  Adjourned Meetings. The holders of ten percent (10%)
of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a
quorum for the  transaction of business at any regular or special  shareholders'
meeting.  In case a quorum shall not be present at a meeting,  those  present in
person or by proxy  shall  adjourn  the  meeting to such day as they  shall,  by
majority vote,  agree upon without  further notice other than by announcement at
the  meeting at which  such  adjournment  is taken.  If a quorum is  present,  a
meeting  may  be  adjourned   from  time  to  time  without  notice  other  than
announcement at the meeting. At adjourned meetings at which a quorum is present,
any business may be transacted  which might have been  transacted at the meeting
as originally noticed. If a quorum is present,  the shareholders may continue to
transact  business until  adjournment  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

<PAGE>


     Section  2.05.   Voting.  At  each  meeting  of  the  shareholders,   every
shareholder  shall  have  the  right  to  vote  in  person  or  by  proxy.  Each
shareholder,  unless the Articles of  Incorporation  or applicable  laws provide
otherwise,  shall have one vote for each share having voting power registered in
his name on the books of the  corporation.  Upon the demand of any  shareholder,
the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by written ballot. Except
as otherwise  specifically provided by these Bylaws or as required by provisions
of the Investment  Company Act of l940 or other  applicable  laws, all questions
shall be decided by a majority vote of the number of shares entitled to vote and
represented  at the  meeting  at the time of the vote.  If the  matter(s)  to be
presented at a regular or special meeting  relates only to an individual  series
or class thereof of the corporation, then only the shareholders of the series or
class thereof are entitled to vote on such matter(s).

     Section 2.06.  Voting Proxies.  The right to vote by proxy shall exist only
if the  instrument  authorizing  such proxy to act shall have been  executed  in
writing by the shareholder  himself or by his attorney thereunto duly authorized
in writing or by  electronic  means as provided by  Minnesota  Statutes  Section
302A.449,  Subd.1,  or any  successor  provision.  No proxy shall be voted after
eleven (11) months from its date unless it provides for a longer period.

     Section 2.07.  Closing of Books. The Board of Directors may fix a time, not
exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders,  as
a record date for the  determination of the shareholders  entitled to notice of,
and to vote at,  such  meeting,  notwithstanding  any  transfer of shares on the
books of the  corporation  after  any  record  date so  fixed.  If the  Board of
Directors  fails to fix a  record  date for  determination  of the  shareholders
entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of  shareholders,  the record
date shall be the thirtieth (30th) day preceding the date of such meeting.

     Section 2.08. Notice of Meetings.  The Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary
shall mail to each  shareholder  shown by the books of the  corporation  to be a
holder of record of shares  entitled to vote at such meeting,  at his address as
shown by the books of the  corporation,  a notice  setting out the time and date
and place of each regular meeting and each special  meeting,  which notice shall
be mailed at least ten (10) days prior thereto;  except that notice of a meeting
at which an agreement of merger or  consolidation  is to be considered  shall be
mailed to all shareholders of record,  whether entitled to vote or not, at least
two (2) weeks  prior  thereto;  and except  that  notice of a meeting at which a
proposal to dispose of all, or substantially  all, of the property and assets of
the  corporation  is to be  considered  shall be mailed to all  shareholders  of
record,  whether  entitled to vote or not, at least ten (10) days prior thereto;
and  except  that  notice of a  meeting  at which a  proposal  to  dissolve  the
corporation or to amend the Articles of  Incorporation is to be considered shall
be mailed to all  shareholders  of record,  whether  entitled to vote or not, at
least ten (10) days prior  thereto.  Every notice of any special  meeting  shall
state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called, pursuant to
Section  2.03,  and the business  transacted  at all special  meetings  shall be
confined to the purpose stated in the call.

     Section 2.09.  Waiver of Notice.  Notice of any regular or special  meeting
may be waived  either  before,  at or after  such  meeting  orally or in writing
signed by each shareholder or representative thereof entitled to vote the shares
so represented. A shareholder, by his attendance at any meeting of shareholders,
shall be  deemed  to have  waived  notice  of such  meeting,  except  where  the
shareholder  objects  at the  beginning  of the  meeting to the  transaction  of
business  because the meeting is not  lawfully  called or  convened,  or objects
before  a vote on an item of  business  because  the item  may not  lawfully  be
considered at that meeting and does not participate in the  consideration of the
item at that meeting.

     Section 2.10.  Written Action. Any action which might be taken at a meeting
of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if done in writing and signed
by a majority of the shareholders entitled to vote on that action. If the action
to be taken relates to an individual series or class thereof of the corporation,
then only  shareholders  of the series or class  thereof are entitled to vote on
such action.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS

     Section 3.01.  Number  Qualifications  and Term of Office.  Until the first
meeting  of  shareholders,  or until  the  directors  increase  their  number by
resolution, the number of directors shall be the number named in the Articles of
Incorporation.  Thereafter,  the number of  directors  shall be  established  by
resolution  of the  shareholders  (subject  to the  authority  of the  Board  of
Directors to increase  the number of  directors  as  permitted  by law).  In the
absence of such  resolution,  the number of  directors  shall be the number last
fixed  by  the  shareholders,   the  Board  of  Directors  or  the  Articles  of
Incorporation. Directors may but need not be shareholders. Each of the directors
shall hold office until the regular meeting of shareholders  next held after his
election and until his successor  shall have been elected and shall qualify,  or
until he shall resign, or shall have been removed as hereinafter provided.

     Section  3.02.  Election  of  Directors.  Except as  otherwise  provided in
Section  3.12 and 3.13  hereof the  directors  shall be  elected at all  regular
shareholders'  meeting.  Directors  may be  elected  at a special  shareholders'
meeting,  provided that the notice of such meeting shall contain mention of such
purpose.  At each  shareholders'  meeting  for the  election of  directors,  the
directors  shall be elected by a  plurality  of the votes  validly  cast at such
election.  The  shareholders  of each  series or class  thereof  of stock of the
corporation  shall be entitled to vote for directors and shall have equal voting
power.

     Section 3.03. General Powers.

     (a) The property,  affairs and business of the corporation shall be managed
by the Board of Directors,  which may exercise all the powers of the corporation
except those powers  vested solely in the  shareholders  of the  corporation  by
statute, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, as amended.

     (b) All acts done by any meeting of the  directors or by any person  acting
as a  director,  so long as his  successor  shall not have been duly  elected or
appointed,  shall,  notwithstanding that it be afterwards  discovered that there
was some  defect in the  election  of the  directors  or such  person  acting as
aforesaid or that they or any of them were  disqualified,  be as valid as if the
directors  or such other  person,  as the case may be, had been duly elected and
were or was qualified to be directors or a director of the corporation.

     Section 3.04. Power to Declare Dividends.

     (a) The Board of Directors, from time to time as it may deem advisable, may
declare and pay dividends in cash or other property of the  corporation,  out of
any source available for dividends, to the shareholders of each series (or class
thereof) of stock of the corporation  according to their  respective  rights and
interests in the investment portfolio of the corporation issuing such series (or
class thereof) of stock.

     (b) The  Board of  Directors  shall  cause to be  accompanied  by a written
statement any dividend payment wholly or partly from any source other than

     (i) each investment  portfolio's  accumulated and accrued undistributed net
income (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice and
the rules and  regulations  of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  then in
effect) and not including profits or losses realized upon the sale of securities
or other properties; or


     (ii) each  investment  portfolio's net income so determined for the current
or preceding fiscal year.

     Such  statement  shall  adequately  disclose  the source or sources of such
payment  and  the  basis  of  calculation,  and  shall  be in  such  form as the
Commission may prescribe.


                                   -3-
<PAGE>

     (c) Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Section 3.04, the Board of
Directors may at any time declare and distribute pro rata among the shareholders
of each  series  (or  class  thereof)  of stock a "stock  dividend"  out of each
portfolio's  authorized  but  unissued  shares of stock,  including  any  shares
previously purchased by a portfolio of the corporation.

     Section 3.05. Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet annually at
the  registered  office of the  corporation,  or at such other  place  within or
without the State of Minnesota as may be  designated  by the Board of Directors,
for  the  purpose  of  electing  the  officers  of the  corporation  and for the
transaction of such other business as shall come before the meeting.

     Section 3.06.  Board Meetings.  Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be
held from time to time at such time and  place  within or  without  the State of
Minnesota as may be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board
of Directors.

     Section 3.07. Meeting; Notice. A director may call a meeting by giving five
(5) days' notice to all directors of the date,  time,  and place of the meeting;
provided that if the date, time and place of a board meeting have been announced
at a previous meeting of the board, no notice is required.

     Section  3.08.  Waiver of  Notice.  Notice of any  meeting  of the Board of
Directors may be waived either  before,  at, or after such meeting  orally or in
writing signed by such director. A director, by his attendance and participation
in the action taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, shall be deemed to
have waived notice of such meeting.

     Section 3.09. Quorum. A majority of the directors then holding office shall
constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business at such meeting;  provided,
however,  notwithstanding  the above, if the Board of Directors is taking action
pursuant  to the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as now enacted or  hereafter
amended,  a majority  of the  directors  who are not  "interested  persons"  (as
defined by the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as now  enacted or  hereafter
amended) of the corporation shall constitute a quorum for taking such action.

     Section 3.10.  Advance  Consent or Opposition.  A director may give advance
written  consent or  opposition to a proposal to be acted on at a meeting of the
Board of Directors.  If such director is not present at the meeting,  consent or
opposition  to  a  proposal  does  not  constitute   presence  for  purposes  of
determining  the  existence  of a quorum,  but  consent or  opposition  shall be
counted as a vote in favor of or against  the  proposal  and shall be entered in
the minutes or other record of action at the meeting,  if the proposal  acted on
at the meeting is substantially the same or has substantially the same effect as
the proposal to which the director has consented or objected.

     Section 3.11. Conference  Communications.  Directors may participate in any
meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any duly constituted committee thereof,
by  means  of  a  conference   telephone   conversation   or  other   comparable
communication  technique  whereby all persons  participating  in the meeting can
hear and  communicate to each other.  For the purposes of  establishing a quorum
and taking any action at the meeting, such directors  participating  pursuant to
this  Section  3.11 shall be deemed  present in person at the  meeting,  and the
place  of the  meeting  shall  be the  place or  origination  of the  conference
telephone conversation or other comparable communication technique.

     Section  3.12.  Vacancies;  Newly Created  Directorships.  Vacancies in the
Board of Directors of the corporation occurring by reason of death, resignation,
removal or disqualification shall be filled for the unexpired term by a majority
of the  remaining  directors  of the Board  although  less than a quorum;  newly
created  directorships  resulting from an increase in the  authorized  number of
directors  by action of the Board of  Directors as permitted by Section 3.01 may
be filled by a  two-thirds  (2/3) vote of the  directors  serving at the time of
such  increase;  and each  person  so  elected  shall be a  director  until  his
successor is elected by the  shareholders,  who may make such  election at their
next regular  meeting or at any meeting duly called for that purpose;  provided,
however,  that no vacancy can be filled as provided  above if  prohibited by the
provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

           Section 3.13. Removal. The entire Board of Directors or any
individual director may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a vote
of the  shareholders  holding a majority  of the shares  entitled  to vote at an
election  of  directors.  In the event that the entire  Board or any one or more
directors be so removed,  new directors shall be elected at the same meeting, or
the  remaining  directors  may, to the extent  vacancies  are not filled at such
meeting, fill any vacancy or vacancies created by such removal. A director named
by the Board of  Directors  to fill a vacancy may be removed  from office at any
time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the remaining  directors
if the shareholders  have not elected  directors in the interim between the time
of the appointment to fill such vacancy and the time of removal.

     Section 3.14. Committees.  A resolution approved by the affirmative vote of
a  majority  of the Board of  Directors  may  establish  committees  having  the
authority of the board in the  management of the business of the  corporation to
the extent provided in the resolution.  A committee shall consist of one or more
persons, who need not be directors,  appointed by affirmative vote of a majority
of the directors  present.  Committees  are subject to the direction and control
of, and  vacancies in the  membership  thereof  shall be filled by, the Board of
Directors.

     A majority of the members of the committee present at a meeting is a quorum
for the transaction of business, unless a larger or smaller proportion or number
is provided in a resolution  approved by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of
the directors present.

     Section 3.15.  Written Action. Any action which might be taken at a meeting
of the Board of Directors,  or any duly constituted  committee  thereof,  may be
taken  without a meeting  if done in writing  and  signed by a  majority  of the
directors or committee members.

     Section 3.16. Compensation. Directors who are not salaried officers of this
corporation or affiliated  with its investment  adviser shall receive such fixed
sum per meeting  attended or such fixed annual sum as shall be determined,  from
time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors. All directors may receive
their  expenses,  if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or
any committee  thereof.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude
any director from serving this  corporation  in any other capacity and receiving
proper compensation therefor.

     Section 3.17.  Resignation.  A director may resign by giving written notice
to the  corporation,  and the resignation is effective  without  acceptance when
given, unless a later effective time is specified in the notice.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS

     Section 4.01.  Number.  The officers of the corporation  shall consist of a
Chairman  of the  Board (if one is  elected  by the  Board),  the  President,  a
Treasurer  and a  Secretary,  and,  if desired  by the  Board,  one or more Vice
Presidents,  Assistant  Secretaries,  and Assistant  Treasurers,  and such other
officers  and  agents as may,  from  time to time,  be  elected  by the Board of
Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

     Section 4.02.  Election,  Term of Office and  Qualifications.  The Board of
Directors shall elect, from within or without their number,  the President,  the
Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as may be deemed advisable. The
President  and all other  officers who may be directors  shall  continue to hold
office until the election and qualification of their successors, notwithstanding
an earlier termination of their directorship.

     Section 4.03. Resignation. Any officer may resign his office at any time by
delivering a written resignation to the Board of Directors,  the President,  the
Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary.  Unless otherwise specified therein, such
resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     Section 4.04.  Removal and  Vacancies.  Any officer may be removed from his
office by a majority of the whole  Board of  Directors,  with or without  cause.
Such removal,  however, shall be without prejudice to the contract rights of the
person so removed.  If there be a vacancy among the officers of the  corporation
by reason of death,  resignation or otherwise,  such vacancy shall be filled for
the unexpired term by the Board of Directors.

     Section 4.05.  Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board, if one is
elected,  shall  preside at all meetings of the  shareholders  and directors and
shall have such other  duties as may be  prescribed,  from time to time,  by the
Board of Directors.

     Section 4.06. President. The President shall have general active management
of the business of the corporation. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board,
he shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and directors.  He shall be
the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall see that all orders and
resolutions  of the Board of Directors  are carried into effect.  He shall be ex
officio a member of all standing committees.  He may execute and deliver, in the
name of the  corporation,  any  deeds,  mortgages,  bonds,  contracts  or  other
instruments pertaining to the business of the corporation and, in general, shall
perform all duties  usually  incident to the office of President.  He shall have
such  other  duties as may,  from time to time,  be  prescribed  by the Board of
Directors.

     Section 4.07.  Vice  President.  Each Vice President shall have such powers
and shall perform such duties as may be specified in the Bylaws or prescribed by
the  Board  of  Directors  or by the  President.  In the  event  of  absence  or
disability  of the  President,  Vice  Presidents  shall succeed to his power and
duties in the order designated by the Board of Directors.

     Section 4.08.  Secretary.  The  Secretary  shall be secretary of, and shall
attend all, meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors and shall record
all proceedings of such meetings in the minute book of the corporation. He shall
give proper notice of meetings of shareholders and directors.  He shall keep the
seal of the  corporation,  if any,  and shall  affix the same to any  instrument
requiring it and may, when necessary, attest the seal by his signature. He shall
perform such other duties as may,  from time to time, be prescribed by the Board
of Directors or by the President.

     Section 4.09. Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate accounts of all
moneys of the  corporation  received or disbursed.  He shall deposit all moneys,
drafts and checks in the name of, and to the credit of, the  corporation in such
banks and depositories as a majority of the whole Board of Directors shall, from
time to time, designate. He shall have power to endorse, for deposit, all notes,
checks and drafts  received by the  corporation.  He shall disburse the funds of
the  corporation,  as ordered by the Board of Directors,  making proper vouchers
therefor. He shall render to the President and the directors, whenever required,
an account of all his  transactions as Treasurer and of the financial  condition
of the  corporation,  and shall  perform such other duties as may,  from time to
time, be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President.

     Section 4.10. Assistant Secretaries. At the request of the Secretary, or in
his absence or disability,  any Assistant  Secretary shall have power to perform
all the duties of the Secretary  and, when so acting,  shall have all the powers
of,  and be subject to all  restrictions  upon,  the  Secretary.  The  Assistant
Secretaries shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
to them by the Board of Directors or the President.

     Section 4.11. Assistant Treasurer.  At the request of the Treasurer,  or in
his absence or disability,  any Assistant  Treasurer shall have power to perform
all the duties of the Treasurer,  and when so acting,  shall have all the powers
of, and be subject to all the  restrictions  upon, the Treasurer.  The Assistant
Treasurers  shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
to them by the Board of Directors or the President.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>


     Section 4.12. Compensation.  The officers of this corporation shall receive
such compensation for their services as may be determined, from time to time, by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

     Section 4.13.  Surety Bonds. The Board of Directors may require any officer
or agent of the corporation to execute a bond  (including,  without  limitation,
any bond  required  by the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 and the  rules  and
regulations  of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission) to the  corporation in
such sum and with  such  surety  or  sureties  as the  Board  of  Directors  may
determine,  conditioned  upon the  faithful  performance  of his  duties  to the
corporation,  including  responsibility for negligence and for the accounting of
any of the  corporation's  property,  funds or securities that may come into his
hands.  In any such case, a new bond of like  character  shall be given at least
every  six  years,  so that the date of the new bond  shall not be more than six
years subsequent to the date of the bond immediately preceding.


                                    ARTICLE V
                    SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER AND REDEMPTION

     Section 5.01. Certificates for Shares.

     (a) The corporation  may have  certificated or  uncertificated  shares,  or
both, as  designated  by  resolution  of the Board of Directors.  Every owner of
certificated shares of the corporation shall be entitled to a certificate, to be
in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board of  Directors,  certifying  the
number of shares of the corporation owned by him. Within a reasonable time after
the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to
the new  shareholder  the  information  required  to be stated on  certificates.
Certificated shares shall be numbered in the order in which they shall be issued
and shall be signed, in the name of the corporation,  by the President or a Vice
President  and by the  Treasurer,  or by such officers as the Board of Directors
may  designate.  Such  signatures may be facsimile if authorized by the Board of
Directors.  Every  certificate  surrendered to the  corporation  for exchange or
transfer  shall be canceled,  and no new  certificate or  certificates  shall be
issued in exchange for any existing  certificate until such existing certificate
shall have been so canceled, except in cases provided for in Section 5.08

     (b) In case any officer,  transfer agent or registrar who shall have signed
any such  certificate,  or whose  facsimile  signature has been placed  thereon,
shall cease to be such an officer  (because of death,  resignation or otherwise)
before such certificate is issued,  such certificate may be issued and delivered
by the  corporation  with the same effect as if he were such  officer,  transfer
agent or registrar at the date of issue.

     Section 5.02.  Issuance of Shares.  The Board of Directors is authorized to
cause to be issued shares of the corporation up to the full amount authorized by
the  Articles of  Incorporation  in such series and classes  thereof and in such
amounts as may be  determined  by the Board of Directors and as may be permitted
by law. The amount of consideration to be received in cash, or otherwise,  shall
not be less than the par value of the  shares  so  allotted.  No shares of stock
issued by the corporation shall be issued, sold, or exchanged by or on behalf of
the  corporation  for any amount  less than the net asset value per share of the
shares outstanding as determined pursuant to Article XI hereunder.

     Section 5.03. Redemption of Shares. Upon the demand of any shareholder this
corporation  shall redeem any share of stock issued by it held and owned by such
shareholder at the net asset value thereof as determined  pursuant to Article XI
hereunder.  The  Board of  Directors  may  suspend  the right of  redemption  or
postpone the date of payment during any period when: (a) trading on the New York
Stock  Exchange is restricted or such Exchange is closed for other than weekends
or holidays;  (b) the Securities and Exchange  Commission has by order permitted
such  suspension;  or (c) an emergency as defined by rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission exists, making disposal of portfolio securities or valuation
of net assets of the corporation not reasonably practicable.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>


     If the value of a shareholder's investments in the corporation becomes less
than $500 (or such other  amount as may be  determined  from time to time by the
Board of  Directors)  as a result of a  redemption  or transfer  of shares,  the
corporation's  officers are authorized,  in their  discretion,  on behalf of the
corporation, to redeem such shareholder's entire interest and remit such amount,
provided  that  such a  redemption  will  only be  effected  by the  corporation
following (a) the mailing by the corporation to such shareholder of a "notice of
intention  to  redeem,"  and  (b) the  passage  of such  time  period  as may be
determined by the Board of  Directors,  during which time the  shareholder  will
have the  opportunity  to make an additional  investment in the  corporation  to
increase  the  value of such  shareholder's  account  to at least  such  minimum
amount.

     Section  5.04.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares on the books of the
corporation may be authorized only by the shareholder  named in the certificate,
or the shareholder's legal representative,  or the shareholder's duly authorized
attorney-in-fact,  and upon surrender of the certificate or the certificates for
such shares or a duly executed assignment covering shares held in unissued form.
The corporation  may treat, as the absolute owner of shares of the  corporation,
the person or persons in whose name  shares are  registered  on the books of the
corporation.

     Section 5.05. Registered Shareholders. The corporation shall be entitled to
treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact
thereof and  accordingly  shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other
claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other  person,  whether or
not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly
provided by the laws of Minnesota.

     Section 5.06  Transfer  Agents and  Registrars.  The Board of Directors may
from time to time  appoint  or  remove  transfer  agents  and/or  registrars  of
transfers  of shares of stock of the  corporation,  and it may  appoint the same
person as both transfer agent and  registrar.  Upon any such  appointment  being
made all certificates  representing  shares of capital stock  thereafter  issued
shall  be  countersigned  by one  of  such  transfer  agents  or by one of  such
registrars   of  transfers  or  by  both  and  shall  not  be  valid  unless  so
countersigned.  If the same person shall be both transfer  agent and  registrar,
only one countersignature by such person shall be required.

     Section 5.07. Transfer Regulations.  The shares of stock of the corporation
may be  freely  transferred,  and the Board of  Directors  may from time to time
adopt  rules and  regulations  with  reference  to the method of transfer of the
shares of stock of the corporation.

     Section 5.08. Lost,  Stolen,  Destroyed,  and Mutilated  Certificates.  The
holder of any stock of the corporation shall immediately  notify the corporation
of any loss, theft  destruction or mutilation of any certificate  therefor,  and
the Board of Directors may, in its  discretion,  cause to be issued to him a new
certificate  or  certificate  of  stock  upon  the  surrender  of the  mutilated
certificate or in case of loss,  theft or destruction of the  certificate,  upon
satisfactory  proof of such loss,  theft or destruction,  after the owner of the
lost, stolen or destroyed certificate,  or his legal  representatives,  gives to
the  corporation and to such registrar or transfer agent as may be authorized or
required to countersign such new certificate or certificates a bond, in such sum
as they may direct,  and with such surety or  sureties,  as they may direct,  as
indemnity  against  any claim  that may be made  against  them or any of them on
account of or in connection with the alleged loss,  theft, or destruction of any
such certificate.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                            DIVIDENDS, SURPLUS, ETC.

     Section 6.01. The  corporation's  net investment income will be determined,
and its  dividends  shall be declared  and made  payable at such  time(s) as the
Board of Directors shall  determine;  dividends shall be payable to shareholders
of record as of the date of declaration.

     It shall be the policy of the  corporation to qualify for and elect the tax
treatment  applicable  to  regulated  investment  companies  under the  Internal
Revenue Code, so that the  corporation  will not be subjected to Federal  income
tax  on  such  part  of  its  income  or  capital  gains  as it  distributes  to
shareholders.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                      BOOKS AND RECORDS, AUDIT, FISCAL YEAR

     Section 7.01. Books and Records.  The Board of Directors of the corporation
shall  cause to be kept  such  books  and  records,  at such  places,  as may be
required by law.

     Section 7.02. Audit, Accountant.

     (a) The Board of Directors  shall cause the records and books of account of
the  corporation  to be audited at least  once in each  fiscal  year and at such
other times as it may deem necessary or appropriate.

     (b) The corporation shall employ an independent certified public accountant
or firm of independent certified public accountants as its Accountant to examine
the accounts of the  corporation  and to sign and certify  financial  statements
filed by the  corporation.  The  Accountant's  certificates and reports shall be
addressed both to the Board of Directors and to the shareholders.

     (c) A majority of the members of the Board of  Directors  shall  select the
Accountant at any meeting held before the first regular meeting of shareholders,
and  thereafter  shall select the  Accountant  annually at a meeting held within
thirty  (30) days  before  or after  the  beginning  of the  fiscal  year of the
corporation.  Such selection shall be submitted for ratification or rejection at
the next succeeding regular shareholders'  meeting. If such meeting shall reject
such selection, the Accountant shall be selected by majority vote, either at the
meeting  at  which  the  rejection  occurred  or  at  a  subsequent  meeting  of
shareholders called for such purpose.

     (d) Any  vacancy  occurring  between  regular  meetings,  due to the death,
resignation  or  otherwise  of the  Accountant,  may be  filled  by the Board of
Directors.

     Section  7.03.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the  corporation  shall be
determined by the Board of Directors.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               INSPECTION OF BOOKS

     Section 8.01.  Every  shareholder of the  corporation and every holder of a
voting trust certificate shall have a right to examine, in person or by agent or
attorney,  at any reasonable time or times,  for any proper purpose,  and at the
place or places where usually  kept,  the share  register,  books of account and
records  of the  proceedings  of the  shareholders  and  directors  and to  make
extracts therefrom.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                   LOANS TO OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS

     Section  9.01.  The  corporation  shall  not lend any of its  assets to any
officer or director of the  corporation,  nor shall it lend any of its assets to
shareholders  upon the  security  of its shares.  If any such loan be made,  the
officers and directors who make such loan, or assent  thereto,  shall be jointly
and severally liable for repayment or return thereof.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE X
                              VOTING OF STOCK HELD

     Section  10.01.  Unless  otherwise  provided by  resolution of the Board of
Directors,  the President,  any Vice President,  the Secretary or the Treasurer,
may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the
corporation,  in the name and on  behalf of the  corporation,  to cast the votes
which the  corporation  may be entitled to cast as a stockholder or otherwise in
any other  corporation or  association,  any of whose stock or securities may be
held by the  corporation,  at  meetings  of the  holders  of the  stock or other
securities  of any such  other  corporation  or  association,  or to  consent in
writing to any  action by any such other  corporation  or  association,  and may
instruct  the person or persons so  appointed  as to the manner of casting  such
votes or giving such consent,  and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf
of the  corporation  and under its corporate  seal,  or otherwise,  such written
proxies,  consents,  waivers,  or other  instruments as it may deem necessary or
proper in the  circumstances;  or any of such officers may themselves attend any
meeting of the holders of stock or other  securities of any such  corporation or
association  and  thereat  vote  or  exercise  any or all  other  powers  of the
corporation  as the  holder  of such  stock or other  securities  of such  other
corporation  or  association,  or  consent  in writing to any action by any such
other corporation or association.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                          VALUATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

     Section  11.01.  The net asset  value per share of each series and class of
stock issued by the  portfolios of the  corporation  shall be determined in good
faith by or under  supervision of the officers of the  corporation as authorized
by the Board of  Directors  as often and on such days and at such time(s) as the
Board of Directors shall determine.


                                   ARTICLE XII
                                CUSTODY OF ASSETS

     Section 12.01. All securities and cash owned by this corporation  shall, as
hereinafter  provided,  be held by or  deposited  with a bank or  trust  company
having  (according  to its last  published  report)  not less  than two  million
dollars  ($2,000,000)  aggregate  capital,  surplus and  undivided  profits (the
"Custodian").

     This  corporation  shall enter into a written  contract  with the Custodian
regarding the powers,  duties and  compensation of the Custodian with respect to
the cash and securities of this corporation held by the Custodian. Said contract
and all  amendments  thereto shall be approved by the Board of Directors of this
corporation.  In the event of the Custodian's  resignation or  termination,  the
corporation shall use its best efforts promptly to obtain a successor  Custodian
and shall require that the cash and securities owned by this corporation held by
the Custodian be delivered directly to such successor Custodian.


                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                   AMENDMENTS


     Section  13.01.  These  Bylaws  may be  amended or altered by a vote of the
majority of the whole Board of Directors at any meeting  provided that notice of
such proposed  amendment shall have been given in the notice given the directors
of such  meeting.  Such  authority  in the Board of  Directors is subject to the
power of the  shareholders to change or repeal such Bylaws by a majority vote of
the  shareholders  present or represented  at any regular or special  meeting of
shareholders  called for such purpose.  The Board of Directors shall not make or
alter any Bylaws fixing their qualifications,  classifications,  term of office,
or number,  except that the Board of  Directors  may make or alter any Bylaws to
increase their number.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 14.01. Interpretation.  When the context in which words are used in
these Bylaws indicates that such is the intent,  singular words will include the
plural and vice verse,  and masculine words will include the feminine and neuter
genders and vice versa.

     Section  14.02.  Article and  Section  Titles.  The titles of Sections  and
Articles in these Bylaws are for  descriptive  purpose only and will not control
or alter the meaning of any of these Bylaws as set forth in the text.



                                      -11-



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission